[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari <ASH@smartway.co>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
@@ -302,6 +303,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
 msgstr "العملاء المحتملين المنشئين سيحملوا نفس إسم الشركة."
 
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
 msgid "Pricing"
 msgstr "التسعير"
 
@@ -641,6 +643,75 @@ msgid ""
 " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
+msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
+"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
+"quickly get all the information you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
+"Autocomplete* feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
+msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
+"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
+" will be populated with corporate data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
+"company name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
+" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
+"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
+"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
+"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
+"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
 msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari <ASH@smartway.co>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -295,25 +295,30 @@ msgid ""
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
-msgid ""
+msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
-"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
-"their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
-"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
+"Object aliases can be edited from their  respective configuration view. To "
-"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
+"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
-"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
+"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
+"mail.bounce.alias*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
-"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
+"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
+" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
 "Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -936,7 +936,8 @@ msgid "How to:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
-msgid "Switch to developer mode."
+msgid ""
+"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ar\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+
+#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
+msgid "Email Marketing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
+msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
+" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
+"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
+msgid "Create Mailing lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
+"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
+"unsubscribing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
+" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
+msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
+"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
+"mailing list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
+msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
+" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
+"created here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
+" or will be part of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
+msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
+"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
+"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
+"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
+"be redirected to the following page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
+"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
+" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
+"send it only to a personal email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
+"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
+" *any* more emails from you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
+" users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
+"addresses will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
+msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
+msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
+"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
+" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
+msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
+"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
+"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
+"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
+"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
+"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
+"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
+" sender (*Send From*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
+"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
+" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
+"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
+msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
+" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
+"will delete the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
+"contacts to avoid errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
+"*queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
+"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
+" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
+"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
+"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
+"*Retry*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
+msgid "Manage campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
+"Campaigns*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
+" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
+msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
+"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
+"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
+"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
+msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Naser Al Ramahi <nar@smartway.co>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
 "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
 "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
-":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
+":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
-"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
+"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
 "behaviour."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -21,92 +21,49 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Field Service"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
-msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
+msgid "Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
+msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"easy for employees."
+"field services tasks from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
 msgid "Enable the feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Quotations*."
+"Intervention* from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
+msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
-" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
-"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
-"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
-":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
-msgid "Designing worksheets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
-"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
-" the *Studio* application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
-"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
-"overview of the work done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
-"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
-"that given template and generates a graph."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
-"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
 "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@@ -114,235 +71,179 @@ msgid ""
 "be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
 "*Resume* when you would like to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
 "add a description."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
 "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
 "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
 "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
 "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
 msgid "Invoice your time and material"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
 "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
 "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
 ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
-msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
-msgid "Keeping track of stock"
+msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
 "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
 msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
 " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
 "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
 "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
-msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
+msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see  "
 "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
 "employees schedules and interventions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
 "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
 " in your Gantt view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
 "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
 " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
 "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
 "existing one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
 msgid "Unassigned tasks"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
 "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
 " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
 "dynamic database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
-msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
-" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
-"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
-"price to be approved before the work even starts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
-"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
-"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
-"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
-" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
-"respective project you have chosen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
-" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
-msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"field services tasks from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Intervention* from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Planning an itinerary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
 "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
 "the workload more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
 " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@@ -351,18 +252,135 @@ msgid ""
 "token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
 "route."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
 "without a Mapbox account."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+"easy for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
+msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
+" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
+"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
+"price to be approved before the work even starts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
+"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
+"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
+"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
+" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
+"respective project you have chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
+" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
+" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
+"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
+"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
+":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
+msgid "Designing worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
+"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
+" the *Studio* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
+"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
+"overview of the work done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
+"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
+"that given template and generates a graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
+"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
+msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed <abdalla.mhafeez@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgid ""
 "After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, "
 "track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk"
@@ -39,21 +39,22 @@ msgid ""
 "repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10
 msgid "Set up the After Sales services"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After"
-"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*."
+" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite "
+"Interventions*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19
 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For "
 "that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
@@ -61,56 +62,56 @@ msgid ""
 "generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will "
 "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or "
 "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on "
-"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*."
+"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48
 msgid "Repairs from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will"
 " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next "
 "step."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57
 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the "
 "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan "
 "Intervention*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
 "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67
 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -118,61 +119,62 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
 "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
 " communication and actions more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9
 msgid "Configure the feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > "
+"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
-"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*."
+"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18
 msgid ""
 "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is "
-"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*."
+"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
-"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*."
+"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable "
+"*Closing Stage*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be "
 "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage "
 "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35
 msgid "The Costumer Portal"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
 "available."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44
 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
-"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > "
+":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> "
-"Applied*."
+"Closed by partner --> Applied`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
@@ -223,12 +225,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
+"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"the lower right-hand side."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
 " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@@ -236,52 +237,52 @@ msgid ""
 "allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
 msgid "Start receiving tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
 "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
 "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "Website Form allows your customer to go to "
 "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
 "form - much like odoo.com/help!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
 "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
 "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
 msgid ""
-"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
+"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
-"documentation `*here* "
+"documentation `here "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
 " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@@ -289,105 +290,105 @@ msgid ""
 "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
 "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
 "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
 " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
 "Kanban view or on the ticket form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
 msgid ""
 "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
 "activate the setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
 msgid ""
 "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
 "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
 msgid ""
 "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
 "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
 msgid "Grey - Normal State"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
 msgid "Red - Blocked"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
 "Ticket form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
 "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
 "timesheets will log against."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
 msgid ""
 "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
 " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
 "ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
 msgid ""
 "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
 "an email to the customer asking how their service went."
@@ -550,36 +551,36 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
 "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
 "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "الإعدادات"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
-"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on "
+" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under "
-"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be "
+"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and "
-"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from"
+"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
-" tasks*."
+"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the "
 "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
 msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ar\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
+msgid "Marketing Automation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
+msgid "Understanding Metrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
+"of linking your employees to goals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
+" in a graph form and in numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
+msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
+" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
+" email address set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
+msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
+"have matched the criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
+" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
+"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
+"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
+"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
+"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
+" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
+"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
+"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
+"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
+" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
+"domain one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
+"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
+" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
+"the total number of participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
+"*Rejected*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
+"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
+"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
+"the beginning (parent action)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
+msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
+"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
+"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
+"creates a seamless experience for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
+msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
+"integrated with *Contacts*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
+"installed in your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
+"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
+"criteria will be added to the workflow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
+"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
+"will stop running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
+msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
+msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
+"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
+"for this specific activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
+msgid "Add Child Activities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
+"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
+"or not, the email bounced back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
+msgid ":doc:`segment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
+msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
+msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
+msgid "How to work with filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
+" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
+"within it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
+"called a *branch* (...)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
+msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
+"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
+" rule or the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
+msgid "Use cases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
+"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
+"solved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
+msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
+msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
+"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
+"mistakes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
+msgid "Launch a test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
+msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
+"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
+" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
+"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
+msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
+"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
+" be shown on the status bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
+msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
+"campaign."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
+" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
+"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
+"*Cancel*."
+msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Shaima Safar <shaima.safar@open-inside.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -193,36 +193,35 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"mode*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
-"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
+"Configurations`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
 "credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
 "Methods` and create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
 "select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
 msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -749,11 +749,7 @@ msgid ""
 "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
-msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
 "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@@ -765,26 +761,26 @@ msgid ""
 "supplier or enter a new one)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
 " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
 "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
 "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
 "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
 " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari <ASH@smartway.co>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -416,25 +416,27 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
-"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
+"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
-"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
+"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
-"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
+"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
+"wish to synchronize and save."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
-"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
-"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
+"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
-"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
+" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
-msgstr ""
+" PICKINGS**."
-
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
-msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
+msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
 "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@@ -442,18 +444,18 @@ msgid ""
 "products partially by using backorders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
 "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
 "it) is on its way."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
 "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@@ -464,14 +466,14 @@ msgid ""
 "under the FBA program."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
 "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
 "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
 "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@@ -483,24 +485,24 @@ msgid ""
 " your account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
 "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
 "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
 "orders based on the sales team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
 "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@@ -511,11 +513,11 @@ msgid ""
 "account by the amount received."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
 "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@@ -523,13 +525,13 @@ msgid ""
 " of your company's accounts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
 "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
 "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@@ -619,16 +621,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
+"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
 "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
 msgid "Configure taxes of products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
 "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@@ -637,7 +640,7 @@ msgid ""
 " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
 "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@@ -799,8 +802,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
+"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-" the developer mode`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
@@ -913,7 +915,6 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
 "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@@ -1147,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
-"the subscription product your previously created."
+"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
@@ -1235,6 +1236,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
 msgid ""
 "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@@ -2426,8 +2434,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
-"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
+"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -25,491 +25,548 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SMS Marketing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
-msgid ""
-"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
-"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
-"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
-"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
-"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
-"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
-msgid "Install the app"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
-msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
-msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
-msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
-"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
-"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
-"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
-"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
-"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
-"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
-"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
-"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
-"data about those links."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
-"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
-"he’s not interested in anymore."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
-"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
-msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
-msgid "Sending my mailing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
-"delivered:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
-" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
-msgid ""
-"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
-"there are not that many recipients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
-"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
-" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
-"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
-"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
-"must remember to use a comma between them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
-msgid "Visualize reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
-"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
-"performance of my SMS mailings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
-"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
-"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
-":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
+" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
+"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
+"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
+"distribution a lot easier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
 msgid "Contact lists"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
-msgid ""
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
-"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
-"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
-"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
-"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
-"easier."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my "
+"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
-"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the"
+"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
-" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to "
+" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
-"allow them to update their subscription preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
+"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
 "specific list."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
 msgid "History with the Log Notes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
 "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
+"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
-"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
+"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
-"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
+"ability to better understand them."
-" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
+"promotions a customer has received or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
 msgid "Blacklist"
 msgstr "القائمة السوداء"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
+"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
-"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
+"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
-"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > "
+"database."
-"Import*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
+"Import`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
 msgid "Integrations and Templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
 "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
-"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
+"costumers, for example."
-"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
-"app isn’t different!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
-msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
+msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email "
+"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
-"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing "
+":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
-"Campaigns*."
+"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
+"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
-"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
+"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
-"marketing ones."
+"your email marketing ones."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
+"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
-"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
+"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
-"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
+"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
-"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
+"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
-"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
+" example."
-"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > "
+"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
-"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*."
+"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
+":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
+"SMS`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
 msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
+"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
-"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need."
+":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
 "the context."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
 "notable integrations:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
 "document online."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
-" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
+" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
+msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
+" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
+"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
+"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
+"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
+msgid "Install the app"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
+msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
+msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
+"remember what the mailing is about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
+" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
+"receive your SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
+" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
+"Belgium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
+"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
+" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
+"one *Mailing list*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
+"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
+"get data about those links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
+"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
+"is not interested in anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
+" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
+msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
+msgid "Sending my mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
+"to be delivered:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
+"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
+" are not that many recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
+" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
+"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
+"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
+"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
+"you must remember to use a comma between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
+msgid "Visualize reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
+" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
+"performance of your SMS mailings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
+" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
+"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
+":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
+msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
-msgid "Pricing"
+msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
-msgstr "التسعير"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
-"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
-"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
+"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
-"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
+"prepaid credits* to work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
-msgid ""
+msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
-"To buy credits I will go to *Settings >  Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or"
-" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
+msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
+" that includes the following characters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
+"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
+" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
+"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
+"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
+"represents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
+msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
+"characters) of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
+"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
+"your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
+msgid "How do I buy credits?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
+msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
 "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
-msgid "FAQ"
+msgid "More common questions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
-msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
+msgid "No, credits do not expire."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
 "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
 msgid "Yes."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
 "send them all?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
 "until you have enough credits to send them all."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
-"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> "
+"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
-"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
+":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
 "lose credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
 "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
 "credit will be lost."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
 " ticket for a festival)?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
 msgid ""
 "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
 "charged."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
 msgid ""
-"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
+"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
-"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66
-msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
-msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
-msgid ""
-"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
-"be seen in the following picture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
-"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
-" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
-"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
-" represents."
 msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -18,151 +18,339 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
 
 #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
 msgid "Social Marketing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Advanced Topics"
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
+msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
+"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
-"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
+"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
-"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
+"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
+"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
+" content."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
-msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
+"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
-"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
+"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
-"Odoo Social Marketing application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
+"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
-"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
+"transaction (paid)."
-" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
-" like."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
+"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
+" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
-msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
-msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
-msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, "
+"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
-"Retweet,..)"
+"content."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
+"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
-"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
+"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
+"application must be installed on your database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
+" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
+msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
+msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
+msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
+"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
+"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
+"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
+"interaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
+"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
+"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
+"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
+msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
+msgid "Monitor your visitors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Under the  *Visitors* menu,  see the visitors that landed on one of your "
+":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
+"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
+"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
+"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
+"last date and time the user was connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
+"an existing partner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
+"own website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
+msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
+"*Track*, on the respective pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
+msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
+" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
+"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
+"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
+"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
+msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
+msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
+" automatically added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
+" customize your Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
+"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
+"*Insights*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
+msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
+"creation of content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
 msgid "Publish content"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
+"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
-" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
+":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
-"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
-" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
-"of how it will look when published."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
+msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
+msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
+msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
+"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
-"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
+"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
-"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
-" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
-" previous paragraph."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
-msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
+msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
 msgid ""
-"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
+"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
-"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
+"and click on an existing one to edit it."
-"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
-" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
-"notifications permission request."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
+msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
+"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
-"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
+"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
-"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
+"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
-"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
+"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
-"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
+"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
-"Homepage)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
-msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
+msgid "Ask users for permission"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
+"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
-"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
+" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
-"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
-"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
-"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
-"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
-"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
-"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
-msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
 msgid ""
-"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
+"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
-" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
+"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
-"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API "
-"keys."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
-msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
+msgid "Send notifications"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
+msgid "Individually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
+msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
+msgid "To a group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
+"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
-"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
+"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
-"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
+msgstr ""
-"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
+
-" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
+"archived."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
+msgid "By rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
+"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
+"that match the rules you set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
+msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
 msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po

@@ -5,18 +5,16 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
-# Martin Trigaux, 2020
 # Osama Ahmaro <osamaahmaro@gmail.com>, 2020
-# Shaima Safar <shaima.safar@open-inside.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar <shaima.safar@open-inside.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Osama Ahmaro <osamaahmaro@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -263,246 +261,6 @@ msgid ""
 "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
-msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
-msgid "First of all..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
-"documentation of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
-msgid "Edit an existing page"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
-"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
-"account>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
-"the right version of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
-msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
-"repository**, else you won't see this step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
-msgid ""
-"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
-"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
-"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
-"quick overview of RST commands."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
-" format."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
-"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
-"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
-"longer explanation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
-msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
-msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
-"help!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
-"your contribution message."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
-msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
-msgid "Code"
-msgstr "الكود"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
-msgid "Display"
-msgstr "عرض"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
-msgid "Comments"
-msgstr "التعليقات"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
-msgid "Text in *italics*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
-msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
-msgid "Numbered"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
-msgid "Bullet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
-msgid "List"
-msgstr "القائمة"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
-msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
-msgid "This is `a  hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
-"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
-msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
-"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
-"RST."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
-msgid "Add images to your documents"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
-msgid ""
-"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
-"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
-"improving this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
-msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
-msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
-" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
-msgid ""
-"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
-"any personal data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
-"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
-msgid "Submit your changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
-msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
-msgid ""
-"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
-"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
-msgid ""
-"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
-"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
-msgid "Developer documentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
-msgid ""
-"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
-"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
-msgid ""
-"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
-"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
-msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -637,48 +395,49 @@ msgid ""
 "server)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
 msgid "Please include in your request:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
-msgid "your subscription number,"
+msgid "your subscription number"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
-"send the URL of your database."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
+"Odoo.sh)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
 msgid "Odoo Community"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
 msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Ask your question on the `community forum "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
+"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
-"bugfix services."
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
+" support and bugfix services."
 msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: amrnegm <amrnegm.01@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -912,10 +912,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
 msgid ""
-"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
+"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
-"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
-" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
+" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
-"from their original versions."
+"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
+"not transformed from their original versions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
@@ -1146,10 +1147,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
 msgid ""
-"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
+"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
-" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
+"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
-"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
+" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
+"reset the file after system upgrades."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish.rst:3
@@ -1545,18 +1547,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
-"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
+"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
+"installation`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
 msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
 " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@@ -1565,11 +1568,11 @@ msgid ""
 "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
 msgid "Publish specific content per website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
 "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@@ -1577,93 +1580,93 @@ msgid ""
 "blank. This will publish it in all the websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
 "websites*:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
 msgid "Products"
 msgstr "المنتجات"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
 msgid "Blogs"
 msgstr "المدونات"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
 msgid "Slide Channels"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
 msgid "Forums"
 msgstr "المنتديات"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
 msgid "Events"
 msgstr "الفعاليات"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
 msgid "Job Positions"
 msgstr "المناصب الوظيفية"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
 "product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
 msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
 msgid ""
 "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
 " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
 "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
 msgid ""
 "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
 "and set the new website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
 msgid ""
 "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
 " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
 "being linked to all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
 msgid ""
 "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
 "page behind each edited page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
 msgid "Multi-companies"
 msgstr "تعدد الشركات"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
 msgid ""
 "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
 "companies environment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
 msgid ""
 "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
 "(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
 msgid ""
 "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
 "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@@ -1671,46 +1674,46 @@ msgid ""
 "visitors."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
 "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
 " selector in the menu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
 msgid ""
 "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
 " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
 "website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
 msgid "Products only available on one website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
 msgid ""
 "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
 " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
 "edit form. Empty means available in all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
 msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
 "should duplicate the product for each website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
 msgid ""
 "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
 "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@@ -1719,41 +1722,41 @@ msgid ""
 "converted into the storable item in the delivery order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
 msgid "Pricelists"
 msgstr "قوائم الأسعار"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
 "Prices per Product* in Website settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
 "additional pricelists. See "
 ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
 msgid ""
 "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
 "this website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
 msgid ""
 "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
 "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
 "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
 msgid ""
 "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
 " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@@ -1761,11 +1764,11 @@ msgid ""
 "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
 msgid "Customer accounts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
 msgid ""
 "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
 "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@@ -1774,42 +1777,148 @@ msgid ""
 "the visitor mind."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
 msgid "Technical hints for customization"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
 " make it work with multi websites:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
 msgid "Access: you should call the method"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
 " can see a record in the current website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
+msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
+"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
+msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
+"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
+" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
+msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
+msgid "Restart the server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
+"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
+"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
+"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"`CLI documentation "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
+"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
+"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
+"notice/>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
+msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
+msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
+msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
+"reason :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
+"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
+"`--proxy-mode "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
+"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
+msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
+msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
 msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jan Meyer, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
@@ -298,6 +299,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
 msgid "Pricing"
 msgstr "Preiskalkulation"
 
@@ -636,6 +638,75 @@ msgid ""
 " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
+msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
+"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
+"quickly get all the information you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
+"Autocomplete* feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
+msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
+"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
+" will be populated with corporate data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
+"company name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
+" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
+"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
+"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
+"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
+"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
 msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -295,25 +295,30 @@ msgid ""
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
-msgid ""
+msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
-"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
-"their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
-"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
+"Object aliases can be edited from their  respective configuration view. To "
-"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
+"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
-"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
+"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
+"mail.bounce.alias*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
-"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
+"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
+" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
 "Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -935,7 +935,8 @@ msgid "How to:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
-msgid "Switch to developer mode."
+msgid ""
+"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020\n"
+"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: de\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
+msgid "Email Marketing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Übersicht"
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
+msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
+" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
+"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
+msgid "Create Mailing lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
+"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
+"unsubscribing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
+" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
+msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
+"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
+"mailing list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
+msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
+" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
+"created here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
+" or will be part of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
+msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
+"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
+"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
+"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
+"be redirected to the following page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
+"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
+" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
+"send it only to a personal email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
+"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
+" *any* more emails from you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
+" users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
+"addresses will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
+msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
+msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
+"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
+" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
+msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
+"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
+"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
+"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
+"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
+"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
+"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
+" sender (*Send From*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
+"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
+" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
+"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
+msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
+" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
+"will delete the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
+"contacts to avoid errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
+"*queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
+"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
+" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
+"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
+"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
+"*Retry*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
+msgid "Manage campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
+"Campaigns*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
+" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
+msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
+"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
+"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
+"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
+msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
 "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
 "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
-":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
+":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
-"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
+"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
 "behaviour."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Field Service"
 msgstr "Außendienst"
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
-msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
+msgid "Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
+msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"easy for employees."
+"field services tasks from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
 msgid "Enable the feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Quotations*."
+"Intervention* from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
+msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
-" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
-"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
-"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
-":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
-msgid "Designing worksheets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
-"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
-" the *Studio* application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
-"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
-"overview of the work done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
-"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
-"that given template and generates a graph."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
-"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
 "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid ""
 "be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
 "*Resume* when you would like to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
 "add a description."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
 "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
 "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
 "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
 "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
 msgid "Invoice your time and material"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
 "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
 "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
 ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
-msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
-msgid "Keeping track of stock"
+msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
 "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
 msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
 " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
 "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
 "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
-msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
+msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see  "
 "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
 "employees schedules and interventions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
 "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
 " in your Gantt view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
 "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
 " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
 "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
 "existing one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
 msgid "Unassigned tasks"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
 "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
 " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
 "dynamic database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
-msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
-" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
-"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
-"price to be approved before the work even starts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
-"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
-"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
-"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
-" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
-"respective project you have chosen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
-" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
-msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"field services tasks from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Intervention* from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Planning an itinerary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
 "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
 "the workload more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
 " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid ""
 "token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
 "route."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
 "without a Mapbox account."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+"easy for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
+msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
+" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
+"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
+"price to be approved before the work even starts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
+"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
+"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
+"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
+" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
+"respective project you have chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
+" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
+" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
+"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
+"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
+":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
+msgid "Designing worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
+"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
+" the *Studio* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
+"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
+"overview of the work done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
+"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
+"that given template and generates a graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
+"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
+msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -45,52 +45,51 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Connect to your Google account and go to "
+"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard "
-"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
 "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16
 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
 "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
 " save."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
 "Client ID)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
 " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
 " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
 "Then click on **Create**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
 "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
@@ -177,7 +176,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
 msgstr ""
@@ -267,19 +266,19 @@ msgid ""
 "already done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
 msgid "How to adapt the template"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
 " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
@@ -287,17 +286,17 @@ msgid ""
 "corresponding field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
 "on the very next time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43
 msgid "How to import from another application"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
 "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
@@ -307,18 +306,18 @@ msgid ""
 " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
 "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
 "whenever possible."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
 "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
@@ -329,18 +328,18 @@ msgid ""
 " default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
 "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
 "complete list of fields for each column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78
 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80
 msgid ""
 "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
 "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
@@ -350,7 +349,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
 msgid ""
 "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
 "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
@@ -358,7 +357,7 @@ msgid ""
 " the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
 "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
@@ -366,11 +365,11 @@ msgid ""
 "whatever your locale date format is."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
 " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
@@ -380,56 +379,56 @@ msgid ""
 "crash."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
 msgid "32.000,00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
 msgid "32000,00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
 msgid "32,000.00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
 msgid "-32000.00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109
 msgid "(32000.00)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110
 msgid "$ 32.000,00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111
 msgid "(32000.00 €)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
 msgid "Example that will not work:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
 msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
 msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119
 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
 msgid ""
 "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
 "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
@@ -437,100 +436,101 @@ msgid ""
 " CSV file bar after you select your file)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
 "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
 "your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
 msgid ""
 "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
 "application?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
 msgid ""
-"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
+"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's "
 "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
 "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
-"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
+"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check "
-"filter settings' > Save)."
+"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
-"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
+":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> "
+"Encoding tab`)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
 msgid ""
 "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
 "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
 " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
-"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
+"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three "
 "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
 "import."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
 "different fields to import:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
 msgid ""
 "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
 "postgresql column"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
 msgid ""
 "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
 " (or the .XML file that imported it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
 msgid "Country: Belgium"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158
 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
 msgid ""
 "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
 "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
 "according to your need:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
 msgid ""
 "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
 " have been created manually."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
 msgid ""
 "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
 "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
@@ -538,13 +538,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Database ID)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169
 msgid ""
 "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
 "party application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171
 msgid ""
 "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
 " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
@@ -553,23 +553,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Products and their Categories."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176
 msgid ""
-"`CSV file for categories "
+":download:`CSV file for categories "
-"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
 msgid ""
-"`CSV file for Products "
+":download:`CSV file for Products "
-"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183
 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
 msgid ""
 "If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
 "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
@@ -580,20 +580,20 @@ msgid ""
 "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
 msgid ""
 "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
 "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
 "'Category'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
 "multiple tags)?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
 msgid ""
 "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
 " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
@@ -601,64 +601,64 @@ msgid ""
 " of your CSV file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
 msgid ""
-"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
+":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
-"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
 "Sales Order)?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207
 msgid ""
 "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
 " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
 "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
-"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
+"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any "
 "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
-"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
+"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some "
-"you can import, based on demo data."
+"quotations you can import, based on demo data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214
 msgid ""
-"`File for some Quotations "
+":download:`File for some Quotations "
-"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
 "respective purchase order lines:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220
 msgid ""
-"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
+":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
-"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
 "contacts:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225
 msgid ""
-"`Customers and their respective contacts "
+":download:`Customers and their respective contacts "
-"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229
 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231
 msgid ""
 "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
 "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
@@ -668,17 +668,17 @@ msgid ""
 "depending if it's new or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236
 msgid ""
 "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
 "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
 "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
@@ -686,11 +686,11 @@ msgid ""
 "assigning the default value."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247
 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249
 msgid ""
 "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
 "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
@@ -698,57 +698,56 @@ msgid ""
 "person and the company they work for)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253
 msgid ""
 "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
 "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
 " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
-"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
+"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
 "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
 "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259
 msgid ""
 "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
 "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
 "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
-" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
+" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a "
-"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
+"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)"
-"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264
 msgid ""
 "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
 " the following command:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270
-msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
+msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
 "following SQL command in PSQL:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285
-msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
+msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295
 msgid ""
 "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
 "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
 " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
 "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
 "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
-" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
+" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301
 msgid ""
 "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
 "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
@@ -756,6 +755,79 @@ msgid ""
 "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3
+msgid "Developer Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3
+msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8
+msgid "Through the Settings application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate"
+" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23
+msgid "Through a browser extension"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo "
+"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your "
+"toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of "
+"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use"
+" a single click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35
+msgid "Through the URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37
+msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44
+msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47
+msgid "Locate the mode tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* "
+"button, located on the header of your pages."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3
 msgid "In-App Purchase"
 msgstr ""
@@ -764,100 +836,102 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For"
 " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by "
 "post directly from my database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9
 msgid "Buying Credits"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. "
-"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> "
+"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to "
-"Odoo IAP > View my Services*."
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit "
 "from free credits to test our IAP features."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
 msgid "IAP accounts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific "
 "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all "
-"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app "
+"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the "
-"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
+":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34
 msgid "IAP Portal"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible "
-"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my"
+"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From "
-" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a "
+"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my "
-"reminder to when credits are low."
+"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44
 msgid "Get notified when credits are low"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP "
-"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service"
+"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my "
-" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum"
+"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. "
-" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is "
+"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, "
-"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!"
+"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to "
+"by email!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56
 msgid "IAP services available"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your "
 "Database:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used "
 "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by "
 "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66
 msgid "Offering my own services"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is"
 " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use"
 " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, "
 "find more information at: `In-App Purchase "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
@@ -902,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
-"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
+"Refer to our `Pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more "
 "information."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -915,7 +989,7 @@ msgid ""
 "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`_"

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgid ""
 "After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, "
 "track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk"
@@ -40,21 +40,22 @@ msgid ""
 "repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10
 msgid "Set up the After Sales services"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After"
-"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*."
+" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite "
+"Interventions*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19
 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
 msgstr "Gutschriften aus Tickets generieren"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For "
 "that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
@@ -62,56 +63,56 @@ msgid ""
 "generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
 msgstr "Produktrückgaben von Tickets zulassen"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will "
 "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or "
 "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on "
-"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*."
+"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48
 msgid "Repairs from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will"
 " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next "
 "step."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57
 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the "
 "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan "
 "Intervention*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
 "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67
 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -119,61 +120,62 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
 msgstr "Kunden erlauben, ihre Tickets zu schließen"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
 "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
 " communication and actions more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9
 msgid "Configure the feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > "
+"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
-"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*."
+"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18
 msgid ""
 "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is "
-"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*."
+"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
-"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*."
+"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable "
+"*Closing Stage*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be "
 "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage "
 "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35
 msgid "The Costumer Portal"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
 "available."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44
 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
-"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > "
+":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> "
-"Applied*."
+"Closed by partner --> Applied`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
@@ -224,12 +226,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
+"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"the lower right-hand side."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
 " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@@ -237,52 +238,52 @@ msgid ""
 "allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
 msgid "Start receiving tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
 "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
 "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "Website Form allows your customer to go to "
 "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
 "form - much like odoo.com/help!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
 "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
 "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
 msgid ""
-"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
+"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
-"documentation `*here* "
+"documentation `here "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
 " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@@ -290,105 +291,105 @@ msgid ""
 "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
 "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
 "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
 " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
 "Kanban view or on the ticket form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
 msgid ""
 "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
 "activate the setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
 msgid ""
 "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
 "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
 msgid ""
 "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
 "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
 msgid "Grey - Normal State"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
 msgid "Red - Blocked"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
 "Ticket form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
 "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
 "timesheets will log against."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
 msgid ""
 "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
 " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
 "ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
 msgid ""
 "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
 "an email to the customer asking how their service went."
@@ -551,36 +552,36 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
 "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
 "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfiguration"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
-"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on "
+" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under "
-"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be "
+"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and "
-"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from"
+"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
-" tasks*."
+"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the "
 "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
 msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po

@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020\n"
+"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: de\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
+msgid "Marketing Automation"
+msgstr "Marketing-Automatisierung"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Fortgeschritten"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
+msgid "Understanding Metrics"
+msgstr "Kennzahlen verstehen"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
+"of linking your employees to goals."
+msgstr ""
+"Kennzahlen sind Werte die Ihnen dabei helfen Fortschritt zu messen. Sie "
+"können ein mächtiges Werkzeug sein, um Ihre Mitarbeiter dabei zu "
+"unterstützen ihre Ziele zu erreichen."
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
+" in a graph form and in numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
+msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
+" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
+" email address set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
+msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
+msgstr "20 Datensätze erfüllen die Bedingungen."
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
+"have matched the criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
+" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
+"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
+"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
+"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
+"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
+" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
+"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
+"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
+"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
+" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
+"domain one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
+"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
+" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
+"the total number of participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
+"*Rejected*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
+"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
+"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
+"the beginning (parent action)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
+msgstr ":doc:`../overview/test`"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Übersicht"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
+msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
+"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
+"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
+"creates a seamless experience for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
+msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
+"integrated with *Contacts*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
+"installed in your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
+"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
+"criteria will be added to the workflow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
+"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
+"will stop running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
+msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
+msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
+"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
+"for this specific activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
+msgid "Add Child Activities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
+"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
+"or not, the email bounced back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
+msgid ":doc:`segment`"
+msgstr ":doc:`segment`"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
+msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
+msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
+msgid "How to work with filters"
+msgstr "Mit Filtern arbeiten"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
+" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
+"within it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
+"called a *branch* (...)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
+msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
+"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
+" rule or the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
+msgid "Use cases"
+msgstr "Anwendungsfälle"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
+"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
+"solved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
+msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
+msgstr ":doc:`automate_actions`"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
+msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
+msgstr "Test starten und eine Kampagne beginnen"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
+"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
+"mistakes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
+msgid "Launch a test"
+msgstr "Einen Test starten"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
+msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
+msgstr "Klicke auf *Einen Test starten*."
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
+"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
+" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
+"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
+msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
+"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
+" be shown on the status bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
+msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
+"campaign."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
+" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
+"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
+"*Cancel*."
+msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -194,36 +194,35 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"mode*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
-"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
+"Configurations`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
 "credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
 "Methods` and create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
 "select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
 msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -748,11 +748,7 @@ msgid ""
 "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
-msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
 "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@@ -764,26 +760,26 @@ msgid ""
 "supplier or enter a new one)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
 " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
 "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
 "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
 "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
 " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Katharina Moritz <kmo@e2f.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -416,25 +416,27 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
-"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
+"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
-"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
+"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
-"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
+"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
+"wish to synchronize and save."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
-"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
-"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
+"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
-"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
+" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
-msgstr ""
+" PICKINGS**."
-
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
-msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
+msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
 "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@@ -442,18 +444,18 @@ msgid ""
 "products partially by using backorders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
 "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
 "it) is on its way."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
 "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@@ -464,14 +466,14 @@ msgid ""
 "under the FBA program."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
 "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
 "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
 "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@@ -483,24 +485,24 @@ msgid ""
 " your account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
 "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
 "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
 "orders based on the sales team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
 "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@@ -511,11 +513,11 @@ msgid ""
 "account by the amount received."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
 "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@@ -523,13 +525,13 @@ msgid ""
 " of your company's accounts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
 "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
 "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@@ -619,16 +621,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
+"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
 "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
 msgid "Configure taxes of products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
 "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@@ -637,7 +640,7 @@ msgid ""
 " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
 "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@@ -799,8 +802,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
+"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-" the developer mode`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
@@ -913,7 +915,6 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
 "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@@ -1147,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
-"the subscription product your previously created."
+"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
@@ -1235,6 +1236,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
 msgid ""
 "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@@ -2426,8 +2434,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
-"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
+"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -27,491 +27,548 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SMS Marketing"
 msgstr "SMS Marketing"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
-msgid ""
-"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
-"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
-"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
-"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
-"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
-"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
-msgid "Install the app"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
-msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
-msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
-msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
-"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
-"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
-"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
-"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
-"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
-"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
-"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
-"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
-"data about those links."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
-"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
-"he’s not interested in anymore."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
-"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
-msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
-msgid "Sending my mailing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
-"delivered:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
-" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
-msgid ""
-"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
-"there are not that many recipients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
-"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
-" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
-"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
-"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
-"must remember to use a comma between them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
-msgid "Visualize reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
-"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
-"performance of my SMS mailings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
-"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
-"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
-":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
+" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
+"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
+"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
+"distribution a lot easier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
 msgid "Contact lists"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
-msgid ""
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
-"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
-"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
-"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
-"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
-"easier."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my "
+"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
-"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the"
+"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
-" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to "
+" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
-"allow them to update their subscription preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
+"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
 "specific list."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
 msgid "History with the Log Notes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
 "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
+"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
-"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
+"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
-"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
+"ability to better understand them."
-" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
+"promotions a customer has received or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
 msgid "Blacklist"
 msgstr "Schwarze Liste"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
+"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
-"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
+"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
-"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > "
+"database."
-"Import*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
+"Import`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
 msgid "Integrations and Templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
 "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
-"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
+"costumers, for example."
-"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
-"app isn’t different!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
-msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
+msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email "
+"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
-"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing "
+":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
-"Campaigns*."
+"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
+"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
-"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
+"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
-"marketing ones."
+"your email marketing ones."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
+"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
-"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
+"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
-"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
+"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
-"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
+"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
-"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
+" example."
-"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > "
+"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
-"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*."
+"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
+":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
+"SMS`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
 msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
+"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
-"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need."
+":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
 "the context."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
 "notable integrations:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
 "document online."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
-" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
+" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
+msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
+" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
+"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
+"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
+"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
+msgid "Install the app"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
+msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
+msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
+"remember what the mailing is about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
+" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
+"receive your SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
+" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
+"Belgium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
+"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
+" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
+"one *Mailing list*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
+"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
+"get data about those links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
+"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
+"is not interested in anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
+" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
+msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
+msgid "Sending my mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
+"to be delivered:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
+"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
+" are not that many recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
+" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
+"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
+"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
+"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
+"you must remember to use a comma between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
+msgid "Visualize reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
+" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
+"performance of your SMS mailings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
+" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
+"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
+":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
+msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
-msgid "Pricing"
+msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
-msgstr "Preiskalkulation"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
-"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
-"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
+"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
-"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
+"prepaid credits* to work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
-msgid ""
+msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
-"To buy credits I will go to *Settings >  Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or"
-" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
+msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
+" that includes the following characters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
+"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
+" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
+"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
+"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
+"represents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
+msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
+"characters) of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
+"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
+"your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
+msgid "How do I buy credits?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
+msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
 "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
-msgid "FAQ"
+msgid "More common questions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
-msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
+msgid "No, credits do not expire."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
 "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
 msgid "Yes."
 msgstr "Ja."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
 "send them all?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
 "until you have enough credits to send them all."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
-"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> "
+"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
-"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
+":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
 "lose credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
 "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
 "credit will be lost."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
 " ticket for a festival)?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
 msgid ""
 "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
 "charged."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
 msgid ""
-"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
+"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
-"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66
-msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
-msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
-msgid ""
-"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
-"be seen in the following picture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
-"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
-" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
-"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
-" represents."
 msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -22,151 +22,339 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
 msgid "Social Marketing"
 msgstr "Social Marketing"
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Advanced Topics"
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
+msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
+"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
-"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
+"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
-"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
+"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
+"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
+" content."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
-msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
+"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
-"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
+"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
-"Odoo Social Marketing application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
+"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
-"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
+"transaction (paid)."
-" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
-" like."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
+"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
+" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
-msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
-msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
-msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, "
+"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
-"Retweet,..)"
+"content."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
+"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
-"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
+"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
+"application must be installed on your database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
+" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
+msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
+msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
+msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
+"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
+"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
+"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
+"interaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
+"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
+"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
+"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
+msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
+msgid "Monitor your visitors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Under the  *Visitors* menu,  see the visitors that landed on one of your "
+":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
+"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
+"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
+"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
+"last date and time the user was connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
+"an existing partner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
+"own website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
+msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
+"*Track*, on the respective pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
+msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
+" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
+"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
+"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
+"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
+msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
+msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
+" automatically added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
+" customize your Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
+"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
+"*Insights*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
+msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
+"creation of content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
 msgid "Publish content"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
+"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
-" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
+":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
-"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
-" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
-"of how it will look when published."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
+msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
+msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
+msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
+"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
-"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
+"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
-"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
-" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
-" previous paragraph."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
-msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
+msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
 msgid ""
-"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
+"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
-"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
+"and click on an existing one to edit it."
-"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
-" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
-"notifications permission request."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
+msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
+"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
-"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
+"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
-"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
+"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
-"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
+"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
-"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
+"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
-"Homepage)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
-msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
+msgid "Ask users for permission"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
+"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
-"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
+" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
-"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
-"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
-"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
-"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
-"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
-"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
-msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
 msgid ""
-"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
+"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
-" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
+"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
-"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API "
-"keys."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
-msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
+msgid "Send notifications"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
+msgid "Individually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
+msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
+msgid "To a group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
+"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
-"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
+"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
-"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
+msgstr ""
-"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
+
-" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
+"archived."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
+msgid "By rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
+"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
+"that match the rules you set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
+msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
 msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -261,246 +261,6 @@ msgid ""
 "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
-msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
-msgid "First of all..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
-"documentation of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
-msgid "Edit an existing page"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
-"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
-"account>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
-"the right version of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
-msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
-"repository**, else you won't see this step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
-msgid ""
-"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
-"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
-"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
-"quick overview of RST commands."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
-" format."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
-"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
-"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
-"longer explanation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
-msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
-msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
-"help!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
-"your contribution message."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
-msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
-msgid "Code"
-msgstr "Code"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
-msgid "Display"
-msgstr "Anzeige"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
-msgid "Comments"
-msgstr "Kommentare"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
-msgid "Text in *italics*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
-msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
-msgid "Numbered"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
-msgid "Bullet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
-msgid "List"
-msgstr "Liste"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
-msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
-msgid "This is `a  hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
-"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
-msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
-"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
-"RST."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
-msgid "Add images to your documents"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
-msgid ""
-"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
-"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
-"improving this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
-msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
-msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
-" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
-msgid ""
-"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
-"any personal data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
-"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
-msgid "Submit your changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
-msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
-msgid ""
-"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
-"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
-msgid ""
-"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
-"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
-msgid "Developer documentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
-msgid ""
-"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
-"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
-msgid ""
-"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
-"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
-msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -635,48 +395,49 @@ msgid ""
 "server)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
 msgid "Please include in your request:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
-msgid "your subscription number,"
+msgid "your subscription number"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
-"send the URL of your database."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
+"Odoo.sh)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
 msgid "Odoo Community"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
 msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Ask your question on the `community forum "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
+"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
-"bugfix services."
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
+" support and bugfix services."
 msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -915,10 +915,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
 msgid ""
-"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
+"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
-"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
-" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
+" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
-"from their original versions."
+"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
+"not transformed from their original versions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
@@ -1149,10 +1150,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
 msgid ""
-"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
+"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
-" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
+"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
-"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
+" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
+"reset the file after system upgrades."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish.rst:3
@@ -1549,18 +1551,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
-"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
+"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
+"installation`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
 msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
 " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@@ -1569,11 +1572,11 @@ msgid ""
 "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
 msgid "Publish specific content per website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
 "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@@ -1581,93 +1584,93 @@ msgid ""
 "blank. This will publish it in all the websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
 "websites*:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
 msgid "Products"
 msgstr "Produkte"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
 msgid "Blogs"
 msgstr "Blogs"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
 msgid "Slide Channels"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
 msgid "Forums"
 msgstr "Forenverzeichnis"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
 msgid "Events"
 msgstr "Events"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
 msgid "Job Positions"
 msgstr "Arbeitsstellen"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
 "product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
 msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
 msgid ""
 "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
 " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
 "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
 msgid ""
 "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
 "and set the new website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
 msgid ""
 "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
 " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
 "being linked to all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
 msgid ""
 "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
 "page behind each edited page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
 msgid "Multi-companies"
 msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
 msgid ""
 "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
 "companies environment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
 msgid ""
 "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
 "(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
 msgid ""
 "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
 "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@@ -1675,46 +1678,46 @@ msgid ""
 "visitors."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
 "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
 " selector in the menu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
 msgid ""
 "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
 " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
 "website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
 msgid "Products only available on one website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
 msgid ""
 "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
 " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
 "edit form. Empty means available in all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
 msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
 "should duplicate the product for each website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
 msgid ""
 "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
 "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@@ -1723,41 +1726,41 @@ msgid ""
 "converted into the storable item in the delivery order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
 msgid "Pricelists"
 msgstr "Preislisten"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
 "Prices per Product* in Website settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
 "additional pricelists. See "
 ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
 msgid ""
 "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
 "this website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
 msgid ""
 "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
 "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
 "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
 msgid ""
 "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
 " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@@ -1765,11 +1768,11 @@ msgid ""
 "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
 msgid "Customer accounts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
 msgid ""
 "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
 "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@@ -1778,42 +1781,148 @@ msgid ""
 "the visitor mind."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
 msgid "Technical hints for customization"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
 " make it work with multi websites:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
 msgid "Access: you should call the method"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
 " can see a record in the current website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
+msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
+"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
+msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
+"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
+" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
+msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
+msgid "Restart the server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
+"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
+"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
+"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"`CLI documentation "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
+"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
+"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
+"notice/>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
+msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
+msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
+msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
+"reason :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
+"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
+"`--proxy-mode "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
+"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
+msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
+msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
 msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
@@ -307,6 +308,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
 msgid "Pricing"
 msgstr "Precio"
 
@@ -661,6 +663,75 @@ msgid ""
 " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
+msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
+"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
+"quickly get all the information you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
+"Autocomplete* feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
+msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
+"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
+" will be populated with corporate data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
+"company name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
+" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
+"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
+"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
+"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
+"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
 msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -300,25 +300,30 @@ msgid ""
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
-msgid ""
+msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
-"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
-"their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
-"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
+"Object aliases can be edited from their  respective configuration view. To "
-"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
+"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
-"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
+"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
+"mail.bounce.alias*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
-"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
+"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
+" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
 "Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -1079,8 +1079,9 @@ msgid "How to:"
 msgstr "¿Cómo?:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
-msgid "Switch to developer mode."
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Cambiar a modo de desarrollador"
+"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
+msgid "Email Marketing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
+msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
+" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
+"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
+msgid "Create Mailing lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
+"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
+"unsubscribing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
+" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
+msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
+"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
+"mailing list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
+msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
+" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
+"created here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
+" or will be part of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
+msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
+"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
+"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
+"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
+"be redirected to the following page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
+"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
+" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
+"send it only to a personal email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
+"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
+" *any* more emails from you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
+" users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
+"addresses will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
+msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
+msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
+"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
+" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
+msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
+"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
+"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
+"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
+"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
+"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
+"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
+" sender (*Send From*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
+"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
+" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
+"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
+msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
+" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
+"will delete the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
+"contacts to avoid errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
+"*queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
+"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
+" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
+"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
+"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
+"*Retry*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
+msgid "Manage campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
+"Campaigns*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
+" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
+msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
+"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
+"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
+"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
+msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
 "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
 "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
-":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
+":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
-"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
+"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
 "behaviour."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Field Service"
 msgstr "Servicio externo"
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
-msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
+msgid "Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
+msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"easy for employees."
+"field services tasks from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
 msgid "Enable the feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Quotations*."
+"Intervention* from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
+msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
-" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
-"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
-"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
-":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
-msgid "Designing worksheets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
-"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
-" the *Studio* application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
-"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
-"overview of the work done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
-"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
-"that given template and generates a graph."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
-"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
 "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid ""
 "be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
 "*Resume* when you would like to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
 "add a description."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
 "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
 "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
 "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
 "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
 msgid "Invoice your time and material"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
 "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
 "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
 ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
-msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
-msgid "Keeping track of stock"
+msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
 "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
 msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
 " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
 "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
 "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
-msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
+msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see  "
 "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
 "employees schedules and interventions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
 "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
 " in your Gantt view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
 "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
 " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
 "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
 "existing one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
 msgid "Unassigned tasks"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
 "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
 " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
 "dynamic database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
-msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
-" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
-"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
-"price to be approved before the work even starts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
-"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
-"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
-"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
-" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
-"respective project you have chosen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
-" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
-msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"field services tasks from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Intervention* from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Planning an itinerary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
 "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
 "the workload more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
 " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid ""
 "token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
 "route."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
 "without a Mapbox account."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+"easy for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
+msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
+" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
+"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
+"price to be approved before the work even starts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
+"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
+"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
+"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
+" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
+"respective project you have chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
+" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
+" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
+"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
+"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
+":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
+msgid "Designing worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
+"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
+" the *Studio* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
+"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
+"overview of the work done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
+"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
+"that given template and generates a graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
+"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
+msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po

@@ -4,18 +4,21 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018
+# Martin Trigaux, 2020
-# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2018
+# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020
-# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019
+# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2020
+# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2020
+# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -25,7 +28,158 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
 msgid "Helpdesk"
-msgstr "Ayuda"
+msgstr "Helpdesk"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3
+msgid ""
+"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, "
+"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk"
+" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do "
+"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10
+msgid "Set up the After Sales services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After"
+" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite "
+"Interventions*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19
+msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
+msgstr "Generar notas de crédito desde los tickets"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For "
+"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
+"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be "
+"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
+msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
+msgstr "Permitir la devolución de productos de las entradas"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will "
+"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
+msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or "
+"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on "
+"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48
+msgid "Repairs from tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will"
+" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next "
+"step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57
+msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the "
+"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan "
+"Intervention*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
+"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3
+msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
+msgstr "Permitir a los clientes cerrar sus tickets"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
+"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
+" communication and actions more efficient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9
+msgid "Configure the feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
+"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is "
+"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
+"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable "
+"*Closing Stage*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be "
+"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage "
+"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35
+msgid "The Costumer Portal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44
+msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
+":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> "
+"Closed by partner --> Applied`."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
@@ -75,12 +229,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
+"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"the lower right-hand side."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
 " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@@ -88,52 +241,52 @@ msgid ""
 "allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
 msgid "Start receiving tickets"
 msgstr "Iniciar recibiendo tickets"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
 "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
 "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "Website Form allows your customer to go to "
 "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
 "form - much like odoo.com/help!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
 "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
 "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
 msgid ""
-"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
+"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
-"documentation `*here* "
+"documentation `here "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
 " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@@ -141,105 +294,105 @@ msgid ""
 "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
 "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
 "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
 " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
 "Kanban view or on the ticket form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
 msgid ""
 "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
 "activate the setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
 msgid ""
 "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
 "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
 msgid ""
 "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
 "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
 msgid "Grey - Normal State"
 msgstr "Gris - Estado Normal"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
 msgid "Red - Blocked"
 msgstr "Rojo - Bloqueado"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
 msgstr "Verde - Listo para la siguiente etapa"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
 "Ticket form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
 "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
 "timesheets will log against."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
 msgid ""
 "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
 " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
 "ticket."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
 msgid ""
 "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
 "an email to the customer asking how their service went."
@@ -397,3 +550,41 @@ msgid ""
 "All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
 "validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3
+msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
+"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
+"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
+" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under "
+"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and "
+"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
+"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
+msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the "
+"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
+msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
+msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
+msgid "Marketing Automation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
+msgid "Understanding Metrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
+"of linking your employees to goals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
+" in a graph form and in numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
+msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
+" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
+" email address set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
+msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
+"have matched the criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
+" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
+"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
+"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
+"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
+"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
+" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
+"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
+"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
+"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
+" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
+"domain one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
+"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
+" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
+"the total number of participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
+"*Rejected*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
+"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
+"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
+"the beginning (parent action)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
+msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
+"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
+"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
+"creates a seamless experience for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
+msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
+"integrated with *Contacts*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
+"installed in your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
+"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
+"criteria will be added to the workflow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
+"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
+"will stop running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
+msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
+msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
+"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
+"for this specific activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
+msgid "Add Child Activities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
+"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
+"or not, the email bounced back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
+msgid ":doc:`segment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
+msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
+msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
+msgid "How to work with filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
+" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
+"within it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
+"called a *branch* (...)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
+msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
+"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
+" rule or the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
+msgid "Use cases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
+"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
+"solved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
+msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
+msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
+"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
+"mistakes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
+msgid "Launch a test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
+msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
+"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
+" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
+"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
+msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
+"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
+" be shown on the status bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
+msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
+"campaign."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
+" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
+"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
+"*Cancel*."
+msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -196,36 +196,35 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"mode*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
-"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
+"Configurations`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
 "credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
 "Methods` and create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
 "select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
 msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -921,11 +921,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " marcha, haga clic en **Crear y Editar**. En el campo **Fecha de pedido**, "
 "seleccione la fecha en la que desea continuar con el orden real."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
-msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
-msgstr "Vista de la *Solicitud de Cotización* en la demostración en línea"
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
 "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@@ -947,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "correo electrónico sea especifica para este proveedor o introduzca uno "
 "nuevo)."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
 " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
@@ -955,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Después de haber hecho clic en **Enviar**, usted se dará cuenta de que el "
 "estado de la petición de oferta pasará de **Borrador** a **RFQ enviados**."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
 "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
@@ -966,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " impuestos, plazo de entrega previsto, condiciones de pago, etc.), a "
 "continuación, haga clic en **Guardar** para emitir una Orden de Compra."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
 "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
@@ -974,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Para continuar con la orden, haga clic en **Confirmar Orden** para enviar el"
 " pedido al proveedor. El estado del RfQ cambiará a **Orden de Compra**."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
 " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Nacho Hermoso <nacho@domatix.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -443,25 +443,27 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
-"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
+"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
-"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
+"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
-"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
+"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
+"wish to synchronize and save."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
-"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
-"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
+"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
-"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
+" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
-msgstr ""
+" PICKINGS**."
-
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
-msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
+msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
 "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@@ -469,18 +471,18 @@ msgid ""
 "products partially by using backorders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
 "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
 "it) is on its way."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
 "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@@ -491,14 +493,14 @@ msgid ""
 "under the FBA program."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
 "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
 "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
 "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@@ -510,24 +512,24 @@ msgid ""
 " your account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
 "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
 "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
 "orders based on the sales team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
 "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@@ -538,11 +540,11 @@ msgid ""
 "account by the amount received."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
 "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@@ -550,13 +552,13 @@ msgid ""
 " of your company's accounts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
 "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
 "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@@ -646,16 +648,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
+"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
 "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
 msgid "Configure taxes of products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
 "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@@ -664,7 +667,7 @@ msgid ""
 " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
 "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@@ -870,8 +873,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
+"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-" the developer mode`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
@@ -1003,7 +1005,6 @@ msgstr ""
 " menuselection: `Apps -> Gastos` para instalarlo."
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
 "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@@ -1265,10 +1266,8 @@ msgstr "Hacer una suscripción de un pedido de venta"
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
-"the subscription product your previously created."
+"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
 msgstr ""
-"Desde la aplicación de ventas, crea una cotización para el cliente deseado y"
-" selecciona el producto de suscripción que creaste anteriormente."
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -1377,6 +1376,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
 msgstr "A partir de la orden de venta, puede facturar esas horas."
 
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
 msgid ""
 "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@@ -2762,8 +2768,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados"
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
-"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
+"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po

@@ -4,8 +4,6 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Martin Trigaux, 2020
-# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020
 # Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2020
 # Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
@@ -14,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -28,495 +26,548 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SMS Marketing"
 msgstr "Marketing por SMS"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
-msgid ""
-"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
-"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
-"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
-"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
-"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
-"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
-msgid "Install the app"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
-msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
-msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
-"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
-"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
-"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
-"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
-"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
-"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
-"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
-"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
-"data about those links."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
-"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
-"he’s not interested in anymore."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
-"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
-msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
-msgid "Sending my mailing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
-"delivered:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
-" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
-msgid ""
-"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
-"there are not that many recipients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
-"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
-" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
-"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
-"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
-"must remember to use a comma between them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
-msgid "Visualize reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
-"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
-"performance of my SMS mailings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
-"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
-"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
-":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
+" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
+"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
+"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
+"distribution a lot easier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
 msgid "Contact lists"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
-msgid ""
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
-"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
-"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
-"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
-"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
-"easier."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`. I’ll "
+"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
-"choose a name for my *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I "
+"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
-"would like to make the mailing list accessible to my recipients in the "
+" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
-"unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
+"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
 "specific list."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
 msgid "History with the Log Notes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
 "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
+"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
-"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
+"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
-"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
+"ability to better understand them."
-" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
+"promotions a customer has received or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
 msgid "Blacklist"
 msgstr "Lista negra"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
+"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
-"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
+"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
-"my database. For that, I’ll go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone "
+"database."
-"Blacklist --> Import`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
+"Import`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
 msgid "Integrations and Templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
 "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
-"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
+"costumers, for example."
-"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
-"app isn’t different!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
-msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
+msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
 ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
 "activate the option Mailing Campaigns`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:16
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
+"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
-"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
+"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
-"marketing ones."
+"your email marketing ones."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:21
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
+"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
-"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
+"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
-"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
+"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:28
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
-"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
+"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
-"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
+" example."
-"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:34
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to "
+"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
+"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
 ":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
 "SMS`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:41
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
 msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:42
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
+"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
-":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates` and "
+":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
-"create the content I need."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
 "the context."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
 "notable integrations:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:62
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
 "document online."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:64
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:65
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:67
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
-" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
+" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
+msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
+" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
+"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
+"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
+"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
+msgid "Install the app"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
+msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
+msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
+"remember what the mailing is about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
+" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
+"receive your SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
+" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
+"Belgium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
+"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
+" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
+"one *Mailing list*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
+"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
+"get data about those links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
+"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
+"is not interested in anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
+" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
+msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
+msgid "Sending my mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
+"to be delivered:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
+"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
+" are not that many recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
+" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
+"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
+"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
+"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
+"you must remember to use a comma between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
+msgid "Visualize reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
+" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
+"performance of your SMS mailings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
+" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
+"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
+":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
+msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
-msgid "Pricing"
+msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
-msgstr "Precio"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
-"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
-"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
+"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
-"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
+"prepaid credits* to work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:14
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
-msgid ""
+msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
-"To buy credits I will go to :menuselection:`Settings -->  Buy Credits` "
-"(under *Send SMS*); or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services` "
-"(under *Odoo IAP*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:23
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
+msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
+" that includes the following characters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
+"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
+" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
+"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
+"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
+"represents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
+msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
+"characters) of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
+"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
+"your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
+msgid "How do I buy credits?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
+msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
 "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:27
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
-msgid "FAQ"
+msgid "More common questions"
-msgstr "FAQ"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
-msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
+msgid "No, credits do not expire."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
 "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:35
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:37
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:39
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
 msgid "Yes."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:41
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:43
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:45
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
 "send them all?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:47
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
 "until you have enough credits to send them all."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
-"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under "
+"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode --> Technical --> "
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
-"SMS`."
+":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
 "lose credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
 "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
 "credit will be lost."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:65
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
 " ticket for a festival)?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
 msgid ""
 "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
 "charged."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:72
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:74
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:76
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
 msgid ""
-"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
+"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
-"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:79
-msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:81
-msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:83
-msgid ""
-"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
-"be seen in the following picture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
-"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
-" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
-"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
-" represents."
 msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po

@@ -3,17 +3,13 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
-# Translators:
-# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020
-# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -22,147 +18,339 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
 msgid "Social Marketing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Advanced Topics"
+msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Temas avanzados"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
+msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
+"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
-"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
+"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
-"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
+"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
+"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
+" content."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
-msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
+"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
-"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
+"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
-"Odoo Social Marketing application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
+"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
-"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
+"transaction (paid)."
-" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
-" like."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
+"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
+" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
-msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
-msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel have "
+"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
-"created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, Retweet,..)"
+"content."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
+"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
-"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
+"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
+"application must be installed on your database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
+" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
+msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
+msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
+msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
+"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
+"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
+"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
+"interaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
+"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
+"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
+"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
+msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
+msgid "Monitor your visitors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Under the  *Visitors* menu,  see the visitors that landed on one of your "
+":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
+"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
+"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
+"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
+"last date and time the user was connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
+"an existing partner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
+"own website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
+msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
+"*Track*, on the respective pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
+msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
+" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
+"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
+"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
+"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
+msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
+msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
+" automatically added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
+" customize your Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
+"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
+"*Insights*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
+msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
+"creation of content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
 msgid "Publish content"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
+"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
-" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
+":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
-"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
-" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
-"of how it will look when published."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
+msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
+msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
+msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
+"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
-"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
+"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
-"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
-" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
-" previous paragraph."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
-msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
+msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
 msgid ""
-"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
+"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
-"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
+"and click on an existing one to edit it."
-"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
-" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
-"notifications permission request."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
+msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
+"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
-"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
+"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
-"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
+"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
-"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
+"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
-"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
+"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
-"Homepage)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
-msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
+msgid "Ask users for permission"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
+"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
-"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
+" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
-"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
-"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
-"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
-"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
-"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
-"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
-msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
 msgid ""
-"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
+"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
-" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
+"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
-"the developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and "
-"enter your own API keys."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
-msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
+msgid "Send notifications"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
+msgid "Individually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
+msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
+msgid "To a group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
+"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
-"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
+"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
-"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
+msgstr ""
-"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
+
-" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
+"archived."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
+msgid "By rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
+"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
+"that match the rules you set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
+msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
 msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -263,240 +263,6 @@ msgid ""
 "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
-msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
-msgid "First of all..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
-"documentation of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
-msgid "Edit an existing page"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
-"account <https://github.com/join>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Pick a page in our :doc:`user documentation <../index>`. **Please take care "
-"of selecting the right version of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:21
-msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
-"repository**, otherwise you won't see this step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
-"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
-"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
-"quick overview of RST commands."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
-" format."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
-"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
-"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
-"longer explanation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
-msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:52
-msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
-"help!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
-"your contribution message."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
-msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
-msgid "Code"
-msgstr "Código"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
-msgid "Display"
-msgstr "Mostrar en pantalla"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
-msgid "Comments"
-msgstr "Comentarios"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71
-msgid "Text in *italics*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:75
-msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
-msgid "Numbered"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:80 ../../support/user_doc.rst:86
-msgid "Bullet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:81 ../../support/user_doc.rst:87
-msgid "List"
-msgstr "Lista"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
-msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91
-msgid "This is `a  hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
-"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
-msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
-"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
-"RST."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
-msgid "Add images to your documents"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
-"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
-"improving this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:111
-msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:113
-msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:114
-msgid ""
-"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
-" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:116
-msgid ""
-"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
-"any personal data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:118
-msgid ""
-"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
-"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:119
-msgid ""
-"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:127
-msgid "Submit your changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:137
-msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone the `GitHub repository "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
-"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:142
-msgid ""
-"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
-"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:147
-msgid "Developer documentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149
-msgid ""
-"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
-"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:152
-msgid ""
-"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
-"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
 msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -1043,10 +1043,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
 msgid ""
-"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
+"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
-"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
-" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
+" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
-"from their original versions."
+"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
+"not transformed from their original versions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
@@ -1316,10 +1317,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
 msgid ""
-"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
+"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
-" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
+"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
-"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
+" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
+"reset the file after system upgrades."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish.rst:3
@@ -1748,18 +1750,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
-"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
+"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
+"installation`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
 msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
 " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@@ -1768,11 +1771,11 @@ msgid ""
 "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
 msgid "Publish specific content per website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
 "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@@ -1780,93 +1783,93 @@ msgid ""
 "blank. This will publish it in all the websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
 "websites*:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
 msgid "Products"
 msgstr "Productos"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
 msgid "Blogs"
 msgstr "Blogs"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
 msgid "Slide Channels"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
 msgid "Forums"
 msgstr "Foros"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
 msgid "Events"
 msgstr "Eventos"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
 msgid "Job Positions"
 msgstr "Puestos de trabajo"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
 "product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
 msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
 msgid ""
 "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
 " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
 "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
 msgid ""
 "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
 "and set the new website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
 msgid ""
 "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
 " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
 "being linked to all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
 msgid ""
 "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
 "page behind each edited page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
 msgid "Multi-companies"
 msgstr "Multi-empresas"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
 msgid ""
 "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
 "companies environment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
 msgid ""
 "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
 "(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
 msgid ""
 "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
 "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@@ -1874,46 +1877,46 @@ msgid ""
 "visitors."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
 "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
 " selector in the menu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
 msgid ""
 "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
 " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
 "website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
 msgid "Products only available on one website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
 msgid ""
 "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
 " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
 "edit form. Empty means available in all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
 msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
 "should duplicate the product for each website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
 msgid ""
 "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
 "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@@ -1922,41 +1925,41 @@ msgid ""
 "converted into the storable item in the delivery order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
 msgid "Pricelists"
 msgstr "Tarifas"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
 "Prices per Product* in Website settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
 "additional pricelists. See "
 ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
 msgid ""
 "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
 "this website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
 msgid ""
 "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
 "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
 "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
 msgid ""
 "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
 " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@@ -1964,11 +1967,11 @@ msgid ""
 "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
 msgid "Customer accounts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
 msgid ""
 "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
 "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@@ -1977,42 +1980,148 @@ msgid ""
 "the visitor mind."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
 msgid "Technical hints for customization"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
 " make it work with multi websites:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
 msgid "Access: you should call the method"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
 " can see a record in the current website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
+msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
+"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
+msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
+"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
+" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
+msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
+msgid "Restart the server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
+"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
+"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
+"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"`CLI documentation "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
+"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
+"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
+"notice/>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
+msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
+msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
+msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
+"reason :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
+"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
+"`--proxy-mode "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
+"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
+msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
+msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
 msgstr "Cómo traducir mi sitio web"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
@@ -403,6 +404,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
 msgstr "Les pistes générées auront le même nom que l'entreprise."
 
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
 msgid "Pricing"
 msgstr "Tarif"
 
@@ -857,6 +859,75 @@ msgstr ""
 "smartphone est que vos appels ne seront pas journalisés dans Odoo car "
 "l'application agit comme un programme indépentant."
 
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
+msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
+"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
+"quickly get all the information you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
+"Autocomplete* feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
+msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
+"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
+" will be populated with corporate data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
+"company name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
+" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
+"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
+"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
+"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
+"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
 msgstr "Configurer votre serveur VoIP Asterisk pour Odoo"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po

@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 # Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2019
 # Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019
 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -385,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163
 msgid "Emails are sent"
-msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés;"
+msgstr "Les emails sont envoyés;"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165
 msgid ""

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po

@@ -9,15 +9,16 @@
 # kaj nithi <kajanth.nithiy@skipthedishes.ca>, 2019
 # Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019
 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -409,38 +410,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. *catchall@mydomain.ext* vers "
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
-msgid ""
+msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
-"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
-"their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
-"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
-"Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo. Les objets alias peuvent "
-"être édités depuis leur écran de configuration respectifs. Pour éditer le "
-"catch-all et rejeter des alias, vous devez tout d'abord activer le mode "
-"développeur depuis les paramètres du tableau de bord."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
+"Object aliases can be edited from their  respective configuration view. To "
-"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
+"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
-"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
 msgstr ""
-"Actualisez ensuite votre écran et allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
-"Technique --> Réglages --> Réglages du système` pour personnaliser les alias"
-" (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
+"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
+"mail.bounce.alias*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
-"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
+"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
+" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
 "Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
-"Par défaut, les messages entrants sont récupérés tous les 5 minutes par Odoo"
-" sur site. Vous pouvez modifier cette valeur depuis le mode développeur. "
-"Allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Automatisation --> "
-"Actions planifiées` et recherchez *Email: Service fetchmail*."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
@@ -821,11 +816,11 @@ msgid ""
 " a public channel."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez configurer le nom d'un canal, la description, les droits "
-"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi de courriels dans "
+"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi d'emails dans :menuselection"
-":menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits "
+":`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits d'accès du canal "
-"d'accès du canal vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque "
+"vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque canal. Vous "
-"canal. Vous pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les"
+"pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les "
-" utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. "
+"utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. "
 "Notez que permettre à \"Tout le monde\" de suivre un canal privé va "
 "permettre à d'autres utilisateurs de l'afficher et le rejoindre comme si "
 "c'était un canal public."
@@ -846,9 +841,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Un canal peut être configuré pour se comporter comme une liste de diffusion."
 " Dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`, définissez l'email que "
 "vous souhaitez utiliser. Les utilisateurs peuvent ensuite poster sur le "
-"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse e-mail"
+"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse email "
-" définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la "
+"définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la "
-"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par courriel."
+"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par email."
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
 msgid "Locating a channel"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po

@@ -6,22 +6,21 @@
 # Translators:
 # Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2019
 # Hamid Darabi, 2019
-# Xavier Brochard <xavier@alternatif.org>, 2019
 # Martin Trigaux, 2019
 # Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2019
 # Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019
 # Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2019
-# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1170,8 +1169,9 @@ msgid "How to:"
 msgstr "Comment :"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
-msgid "Switch to developer mode."
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Basculer en mode développeur."
+"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."
@@ -1793,9 +1793,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les "
 "formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo"
-" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, courriel, mot de passe) après "
+" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, email, mot de passe) après leur "
-"leur paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de "
+"paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de création "
-"création d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?"
+"d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
 msgid "Sign up"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
+msgid "Email Marketing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
+msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
+" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
+"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
+msgid "Create Mailing lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
+"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
+"unsubscribing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
+" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
+msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
+"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
+"mailing list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
+msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
+" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
+"created here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
+" or will be part of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
+msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
+"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
+"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
+"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
+"be redirected to the following page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
+"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
+" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
+"send it only to a personal email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
+"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
+" *any* more emails from you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
+" users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
+"addresses will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
+msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
+msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
+"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
+" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
+msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
+"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
+"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
+"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
+"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
+"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
+"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
+" sender (*Send From*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
+"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
+" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
+"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
+msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
+" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
+"will delete the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
+"contacts to avoid errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
+"*queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
+"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
+" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
+"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
+"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
+"*Retry*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
+msgid "Manage campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
+"Campaigns*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
+" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
+msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
+"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
+"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
+"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
+msgstr ""

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -83,16 +83,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
 "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
 "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
-":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
+":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
-"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
+"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
 "behaviour."
 msgstr ""
-"N'oubliez pas de fixer des taxes pour chaque type de dépense (ainsi qu'un "
-"compte si vous utilisez Odoo Comptabilité). Il est généralement recommandé "
-"d'utiliser des taxes configurées avec les *Frais compris* (voir : "
-":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). Les employés peuvent ainsi "
-"déclarer leurs dépenses avec des prix toutes taxes comprises, ce qui est "
-"généralement la pratique attendue."
 
 #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41
 msgid ""

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -26,120 +26,52 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Field Service"
 msgstr "Services sur Site"
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
-msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
+msgid "Helpdesk"
-msgstr "Créez des devis depuis les tâches"
-
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
-"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
-"easy for employees."
 msgstr ""
-"Le fait d'autoriser la création de devis depuis les tâches permet d'offrir "
-"un service plus efficace puisque cela laisse de la place pour des actions "
-"préventives, tout en facilitant le flux pour les employés."
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
+msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
+" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
+"field services tasks from tickets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
 msgid "Enable the feature"
 msgstr "Activez cette fonctionnalité"
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
-"D'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration -->"
+"Allez à :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Equipe d'assistance "
-" Paramètres` et activez l'option *Devis supplémentaires*."
+"technique --> Éditer` et activez :menuselection:`Interventions sur site --> "
+"Enregistrez`."
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Quotations*."
+"Intervention* from tickets."
 msgstr ""
-"Puis, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projets` et activez l'option"
-" *Devis supplémentaires*."
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez désormais créer des *Nouveaux devis* directement depuis vos "
-"tâches."
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
+msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
-msgstr "Personnalisez des rapports de feuille de travail"
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
-" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
-"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
-"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
 msgstr ""
-"La personnalisation de vos rapports clients, aussi appelés *feuilles de "
-"travail*, vous permet d'avoir des descriptions différents du travail pour "
-"chaque type d'intervention. Cela accélère le flux pour vos employés tout en "
-"donnant aux clients un résumé détaillé, qui peut être examiné et signé sur "
-"place."
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
-":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-"Allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration` et activez "
-":menuselection:`Modèle de feuille de travail --> enregistrer`."
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
-msgid "Designing worksheets"
-msgstr "Élaborer des feuilles de travail"
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
-"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
-" the *Studio* application."
-msgstr ""
-"Sous :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modèles de feuille de travail`, "
-"cliquez sur *Créer* et commencez à *Concevoir un modèle de feuille de "
-"travail*. Vous serez redirigé vers l'application *Studio*."
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
-"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
-"overview of the work done."
-msgstr ""
-"Avec la liberté proposée par *Studio*, faites glisser et déposer des champs "
-"pour créer un rapport adapté à vos besoins. Une fois terminé, cliquez sur "
-"*Fermer* et obtenez un aperçu du résultat."
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
-"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
-"that given template and generates a graph."
-msgstr ""
-"Les *Feuilles de travail* sont des outils qui permettent de voir combien de "
-"fois la feuille de travail a été utilisée/complétée pour une tâche donnée. "
-"L'outil *Analyse* examine toutes les feuilles de travail sous ce modèle et "
-"génère un graphique."
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
-"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
-msgstr ""
-"`L'essentiel de Studio <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
-"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
-msgstr "Facturez le temps et le matériel dédié à vos clients"
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
 "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@@ -152,11 +84,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "clients la certitude qu'ils seront facturés pour le nombre d'heures exactes "
 "et pour le matériel utilisé."
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
 msgstr "Obtenez le temps exact passé sur une tâche"
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
 "*Resume* when you would like to continue."
@@ -164,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur *Démarrer* pour lancer le minuteur. Vous pouvez mettre *Pause* à"
 " n'importe quel moment et *Reprendre* lorsque vous voulez continuer."
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
 "add a description."
@@ -172,18 +104,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur *Arrêter* une fois que le travail est réalisé pour confirmer le "
 "temps total passé et ajouter une description."
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
 msgstr "Signez et envoyez des rapports & validez le stock-picking"
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
 msgstr ""
 "Remplissez ensuite votre *Feuille de travail* et ajoutez les produits "
 "utilisés en cliquant sur *Produits*."
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
 "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
@@ -194,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "travail qui a déjà été créée et signée. Générez ensuite une nouvelle facture"
 " pour le temps ajouté."
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
 "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
@@ -203,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "intervention. Cela valide également le stock-picking et permet de maintenir "
 "votre stock à jour."
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
 "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
@@ -212,11 +144,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "signer par le client. Envoyer le rapport par email en cliquant sur *Envoyer "
 "rapport*."
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
 msgid "Invoice your time and material"
 msgstr "Facturez votre temps et votre matériel"
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
 "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
@@ -227,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pratique permet aux comptables d'accéder facilement à toutes les tâches "
 "finalisées en une fois."
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
 ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
@@ -235,15 +167,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Facturez toutes les tâches en une fois en les sélectionnant toutes et en "
 "allant sur :menuselection:`Action --> Émettre une facture`."
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
-msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
-msgid "Keeping track of stock"
+msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
-msgstr "Suivi du stock"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
 "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
@@ -251,11 +183,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "L'intégration de l'application Inventaire permet de suivre le matériel "
 "utilisé et garder votre stock à jour de manière automatique."
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
 msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
 msgstr "Configurez votre projet de Service sur site"
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
 " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
@@ -263,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Allez à :menuselection:`Service sur site --> Configuration --> Projets` et "
 "assurez-vous que l'option *Produits sur les tâches* est activée."
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
 "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
@@ -274,11 +206,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "tâche sera *Marquée comme réalisée*, la validation de l'inventaire sera "
 "automatiquement mise à jour."
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
-msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
+msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
-msgstr "Gérez les horaires et les congés de vos employés"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see  "
 "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
@@ -288,11 +220,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "la disponibilité de vos employés. Elle permet d'éviter les conflits et "
 "erreurs entre les horaires et les interventions des employés."
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
 msgstr "Gardez facilement un œil sur les congés des employées"
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
 "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
@@ -302,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "employés ont été validés dans l'application *Congés*, les cellules seront "
 "grisées pour les jours concernés dans votre vue Gantt."
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
 "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
@@ -312,11 +244,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "salarié travaille à temps partiel (du lundi au mercredi). Ainsi, le jeudi et"
 " le vendredi seront également grisés, en plus des week-ends."
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
 msgstr "Gérez facilement les horaires des employés"
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
 "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
@@ -326,11 +258,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "travail*), cliquez sur le signe plus pour ajouter une nouvelle tâche ou sur "
 "la loupe pour planifier une tâche existante."
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
 msgid "Unassigned tasks"
 msgstr "Tâches non-assignées"
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
 "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
@@ -341,21 +273,105 @@ msgstr ""
 "visible dans la vue Gantt. Pour l'assigner à quelqu'un, glissez-déposez la "
 "personne responsable."
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
 "dynamic database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
-msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
-msgstr ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
-msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
+msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
+"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
+"the workload more efficient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
+msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
+msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
+" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
+"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
+"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
+"token*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
+msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
+"route."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
+"without a Mapbox account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+"easy for employees."
+msgstr ""
+"Le fait d'autoriser la création de devis depuis les tâches permet d'offrir "
+"un service plus efficace puisque cela laisse de la place pour des actions "
+"préventives, tout en facilitant le flux pour les employés."
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+"D'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration -->"
+" Paramètres` et activez l'option *Devis supplémentaires*."
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+"Puis, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projets` et activez l'option"
+" *Devis supplémentaires*."
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
+msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez désormais créer des *Nouveaux devis* directement depuis vos "
+"tâches."
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
 " seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
@@ -363,7 +379,7 @@ msgid ""
 "price to be approved before the work even starts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
 "one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
@@ -378,86 +394,86 @@ msgstr ""
 "service : Créer une tâche dans un projet existant --> Projet --> Modèle de "
 "feuille de travail --> Enregistrer`."
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
 "respective project you have chosen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
 " Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
-msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
+msgid "Worksheets"
 msgstr ""
-"Planifiez des interventions sur site depuis les tickets d'assistance "
-"technique"
 
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
+"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
-" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
+" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
-"field services tasks from tickets."
+"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
+"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
 msgstr ""
+"La personnalisation de vos rapports clients, aussi appelés *feuilles de "
+"travail*, vous permet d'avoir des descriptions différents du travail pour "
+"chaque type d'intervention. Cela accélère le flux pour vos employés tout en "
+"donnant aux clients un résumé détaillé, qui peut être examiné et signé sur "
+"place."
 
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
-"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
+":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
-"Allez à :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Equipe d'assistance "
+"Allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration` et activez "
-"technique --> Éditer` et activez :menuselection:`Interventions sur site --> "
+":menuselection:`Modèle de feuille de travail --> enregistrer`."
-"Enregistrez`."
 
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
+msgid "Designing worksheets"
+msgstr "Élaborer des feuilles de travail"
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
-"Intervention* from tickets."
+"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
+" the *Studio* application."
 msgstr ""
+"Sous :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modèles de feuille de travail`, "
+"cliquez sur *Créer* et commencez à *Concevoir un modèle de feuille de "
+"travail*. Vous serez redirigé vers l'application *Studio*."
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
-msgid "Planning an itinerary"
-msgstr "Planifier un itinéraire"
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
+"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
-"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
+"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
-"the workload more efficient."
+"overview of the work done."
 msgstr ""
+"Avec la liberté proposée par *Studio*, faites glisser et déposer des champs "
+"pour créer un rapport adapté à vos besoins. Une fois terminé, cliquez sur "
+"*Fermer* et obtenez un aperçu du résultat."
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
-msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
-msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
+"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
-" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
+"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
-"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
+"that given template and generates a graph."
-"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
-"token*."
 msgstr ""
+"Les *Feuilles de travail* sont des outils qui permettent de voir combien de "
+"fois la feuille de travail a été utilisée/complétée pour une tâche donnée. "
+"L'outil *Analyse* examine toutes les feuilles de travail sous ce modèle et "
+"génère un graphique."
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
-msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
 msgid ""
-"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
+"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
-"route."
+"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
-"without a Mapbox account."
 msgstr ""
+"`L'essentiel de Studio <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
+"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

@@ -9,15 +9,16 @@
 # Bertrand LATOUR <divoir@gmail.com>, 2019
 # 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2019
 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1039,6 +1040,79 @@ msgstr ""
 "première entreprise). Vous devez d'abord importer les entreprises et ensuite"
 " les personnes."
 
+#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3
+msgid "Developer Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3
+msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8
+msgid "Through the Settings application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate"
+" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23
+msgid "Through a browser extension"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo "
+"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your "
+"toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of "
+"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use"
+" a single click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35
+msgid "Through the URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37
+msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44
+msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47
+msgid "Locate the mode tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* "
+"button, located on the header of your pages."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3
 msgid "In-App Purchase"
 msgstr "Achats in-App"
@@ -1088,16 +1162,10 @@ msgstr "Comptes IAP"
 msgid ""
 "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific "
 "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all "
-"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to "
+"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the "
-":menuselection:`Settings app --> Activate the Developer Mode --> Technical "
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
-"Settings --> IAP Account`."
+":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`."
 msgstr ""
-"Les crédits pour utiliser les services IAP sont stockés sur des comptes IAP,"
-" qui sont spécifiques à chaque service et à chaque base de données. Par "
-"défaut, les comptes IAP sont communs à toutes les entreprises, mais peuvent "
-"être limités à certaines d'entre elles en allant dans "
-":menuselection:`Paramètres de l'application --> Activer le mode développeur "
-"--> Paramètres techniques --> Compte IAP`."
 
 #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34
 msgid "IAP Portal"
@@ -1230,7 +1298,7 @@ msgid ""
 " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
 msgstr ""
 "Lorsque vous avez terminé de modifier la page et que vous avez cliqué sur "
-"**ENREGISTRER**, un courriel d'invitation sera automatiquement envoyé à "
+"**ENREGISTRER**, un email d'invitation sera automatiquement envoyé à "
 "l'utilisateur. Celui-ci doit cliquer dessus pour accepter l'invitation et se"
 " connecter à votre instance. "
 

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -288,15 +288,11 @@ msgstr "Comment mettre en place différentes étapes pour chaque équipe"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
+"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"the lower right-hand side."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous devez d'abord activer le mode développeur. Pour le faire, allez sur le "
-"module paramètres et sélectionnez le lien pour \"Activer le mode "
-"développeur\" dans le coin inférieur droit de la page. "
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
 " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@@ -309,15 +305,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "nouvelles étapes et les attribuer à une ou plusieurs équipes, et cela de "
 "façon personnalisée."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
 msgid "Start receiving tickets"
 msgstr "Commencer à recevoir des tickets"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
 msgstr "Comment mes clients peuvent-ils soumettre des tickets?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
 "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
@@ -326,7 +322,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"Paramètres\", puis choisissez votre équipe d'assistance technique. Sous "
 "\"Canaux vous trouverez 4 options :"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
 "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
@@ -335,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous avez choisi pour créer un ticket. Le sujet de l'email devient le sujet "
 "du ticket."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "Website Form allows your customer to go to "
 "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
@@ -345,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit et soumettre un ticket via le "
 "formulaire du site Web. Tout comme sur odoo.com/help!"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
 "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
@@ -356,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "peut créer le ticket via la commande /Sujet de l'assistance technique ou "
 "Ticket."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
 msgid ""
 "The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
 "documentation `here "
@@ -366,11 +362,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Consultez la documentation `ici "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:90
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
 msgstr "Des tickets ont été créés, et maintenant?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:92
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
 " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@@ -383,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "se trouve dans le coin supérieur gauche du ticket, ou en introduisant leur "
 "nom dans le champ \"Attribué à\"."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:100
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
 "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
@@ -392,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"contrôlée\", vos tickets seront attribués à l'un des membres de l'une de "
 "ces équipes d'assistance technique."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:103
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
 "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
@@ -400,11 +396,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Ils pourront alors commencer à résoudre les tickets et à les transférer vers"
 " l'étape résolu lorsque ceux-ci seront finalisés."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:107
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
 msgstr "Comment puis-je définir l'urgence du ticket?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:109
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
 " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
@@ -414,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ticket en sélectionnant une ou plusieurs étoiles sur celui-ci. Vous pouvez "
 "le faire sur la vue kanban ou sur le ticket lui-même."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:116
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
 msgid ""
 "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
 "activate the setting under \"Settings\""
@@ -422,11 +418,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pour mettre en place une politique d'Accord de services pour vos employés, "
 "activez d'abord ce paramètre dans les \"Paramètres\"."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:122
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Configurer les politiques SLA\" et cliquez sur \"Créer\"."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:124
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
 msgid ""
 "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
 "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
@@ -434,11 +430,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Complétez les informations: équipe Assistance technique, priorité minimale "
 "du ticket (les étoiles), ainsi que les objectifs du ticket."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
 msgstr "Que faire si un ticket est bloqué ou prêt à être utilisé?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
 msgid ""
 "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
 "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
@@ -446,19 +442,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si un ticket ne peut pas être résolu ou s'il est bloqué, vous pouvez "
 "modifier le \"Statut kanban\" sur le ticket. Vous avez trois options :"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:136
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
 msgid "Grey - Normal State"
 msgstr "Gris - statut normal"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:138
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
 msgid "Red - Blocked"
 msgstr "Rouge - bloqué"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:140
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
 msgstr "Vert - prêt pour l'étape suivante"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:142
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
 "Ticket form."
@@ -466,13 +462,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Tout comme pour les étoiles, vous pouvez définir le statut dans le kanban ou"
 " sur le ticket."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:149
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
 msgstr ""
 "Comment mes employés peuvent-ils enregistrer leur temps de travail sur un "
 "ticket?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:151
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
 "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
@@ -482,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "présence du ticket\". Un champ apparaîtra vous permettant de sélectionner le"
 " projet sur lequel les feuilles de présence seront enregistrées."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:158
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
 msgid ""
 "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
 " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
@@ -491,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous retournez vers vos tickets, vous verrez qu'un nouvel onglet appelé "
 "\"Feuilles de présence\" a été ajouté."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:164
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
 "ticket."
@@ -499,17 +495,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vos employés peuvent y ajouter une ligne pour indiquer le travail qu'ils ont"
 " effectué pour ce ticket."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:168
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
 msgstr "Comment permettre à vos clients d'évaluer le service fourni"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr ""
 "Vous devez tout d'abord activer le paramètre évaluation depuis "
 "\"Paramètres\""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:175
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
 msgid ""
 "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
 "an email to the customer asking how their service went."

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -135,7 +135,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
 "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
-"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to "
+"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode "
+"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to "
 ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2948,11 +2949,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to "
+"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
+"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53
+#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> "
 "Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, "
@@ -3804,14 +3805,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen "
 "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the "
-"developer mode and open your accounting settings."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open "
+"your accounting settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189
 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
 msgid ""
 "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on "
 "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry "
@@ -3819,174 +3821,174 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196
 msgid ""
 "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
 " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
 "postings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360
 msgid "Continental Accounting"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
 msgid "Vendor Bill"
 msgstr "Facture fournisseur"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
 msgid "\\"
 msgstr "\\"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
 msgid "Debit"
 msgstr "Débit"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
 msgid "Credit"
 msgstr "Crédit"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
 msgid "Assets: Inventory"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
 msgid "50"
 msgstr "50"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
 msgid "4.68"
 msgstr "4,68"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
 msgid "54.68"
 msgstr "54,68"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311
 msgid "Configuration:"
 msgstr "Configuration :"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290
 msgid ""
 "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
 "related product (Expense Account field)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
 msgid ""
 "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293
 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
 msgid "Goods Receptions"
 msgstr "Réception des marchandises"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
 msgid "No Journal Entry"
 msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
 msgid "Customer Invoice"
 msgstr "Facture client"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
 msgid "100"
 msgstr "100"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
 msgid "9"
 msgstr "9"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
 msgid "109"
 msgstr "109"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308
 msgid ""
 "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
 "product (Income Account field)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311
 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
 msgid ""
 "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
 "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
@@ -3994,43 +3996,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui "
 "remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre."
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
 msgid "Customer Shipping"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
 msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
 msgstr "Ordres de production"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324
 msgid ""
 "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
 " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252
 msgid ""
 "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
 "Profit&Loss section to your assets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
 msgid "X"
 msgstr "X"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263
 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
 msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266
 msgid ""
 "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
 "**Inventory Variations** debited."
@@ -4038,48 +4040,48 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les"
 " **Variations d'inventaire** débitées."
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387
 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting"
 msgstr "Comptabilité anglo-saxone"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327
 msgid ""
 "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
 " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330
 msgid ""
 "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
 "inventory value"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342
 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348
 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation"
 msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire automatique"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
 msgid ""
 "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting "
 "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are "
@@ -4088,74 +4090,74 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration & testing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356
 msgid ""
 "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those "
 "accounting entries. This is done on the product category."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399
 msgid "**Configuration:**"
 msgstr "**Configuration** :"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403
 msgid ""
 "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
 msgid ""
 "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
 " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381
 msgid ""
 "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
 "internal category"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419
 msgid ""
 "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
 msgstr ""
 "Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans "
 "la catégorie interne du produit"
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406
 msgid ""
 "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
 " specific product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409
 msgid ""
 "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
 "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
 "product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413
 msgid ""
 "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
 "internal category"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416
 msgid ""
 "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
 "internal category"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421
 msgid ""
 "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
 "as a specific replacement value"
@@ -4979,30 +4981,26 @@ msgid ""
 "rules."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67
-msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already "
 "defined."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152
 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`"
 msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`"
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153
 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
 msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`"
 msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`"
@@ -5065,40 +5063,36 @@ msgid ""
 "quality control location move to the stock."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58
-msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
 msgid "Stock transfers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your"
 " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are "
 "waiting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** "
 "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, "
 "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to"
 " the main stock."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128
 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
 msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
+msgid "Marketing Automation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
+msgid "Understanding Metrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
+"of linking your employees to goals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
+" in a graph form and in numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
+msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
+" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
+" email address set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
+msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
+"have matched the criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
+" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
+"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
+"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
+"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
+"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
+" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
+"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
+"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
+"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
+" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
+"domain one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
+"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
+" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
+"the total number of participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
+"*Rejected*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
+"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
+"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
+"the beginning (parent action)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
+msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
+"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
+"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
+"creates a seamless experience for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
+msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
+"integrated with *Contacts*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
+"installed in your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
+"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
+"criteria will be added to the workflow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
+"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
+"will stop running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
+msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
+msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
+"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
+"for this specific activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
+msgid "Add Child Activities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
+"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
+"or not, the email bounced back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
+msgid ":doc:`segment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
+msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
+msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
+msgid "How to work with filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
+" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
+"within it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
+"called a *branch* (...)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
+msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
+"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
+" rule or the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
+msgid "Use cases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
+"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
+"solved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
+msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
+msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
+"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
+"mistakes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
+msgid "Launch a test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
+msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
+"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
+" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
+"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
+msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
+"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
+" be shown on the status bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
+msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
+"campaign."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
+" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
+"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
+"*Cancel*."
+msgstr ""

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -251,23 +251,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"mode*."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour configurer le module Mercury, vous devez activer le mode développeur. "
-"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Apps --> Paramètres` et sélectionnez "
-"*Activer le mode développeur*."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
-"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
+"Configurations`."
 msgstr ""
-"Dès que vous êtes en mode développeur, allez à :menuselection:`Point de "
-"Vente --> Configuration --> Configurations Mercury`."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
 "credentials."
@@ -275,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Créez une nouvelle configuration pour les cartes de crédit et entrez vos "
 "identifiants Mercury."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
 "Methods` and create a new one."
@@ -283,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Modes "
 "de paiement` et créez-en un nouveau."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
 "select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
@@ -292,7 +286,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vente*, vous pouvez sélectionner les identifiants Mercury que vous venez de "
 "créer."
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
 msgstr ""

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 # Eric BAELDE <eric@baelde.name>, 2019
 # N D <norig.d@hotmail.fr>, 2019
 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -100,8 +101,7 @@ msgstr "Comment obtenir le feedback d'un client ?"
 msgid ""
 "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects."
 msgstr ""
-"Un courriel peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en "
+"Un email peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en cours."
-"cours."
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59
 msgid "Email Template"
-msgstr "Modèle de courriel"
+msgstr "Modèle d'email"
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61
 msgid ""
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68
 msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :"
-msgstr "Voici un exemple de courriel qu'un client peut recevoir:"
+msgstr "Voici un exemple d'email qu'un client peut recevoir:"
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74
 msgid ""

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po

@@ -8,15 +8,16 @@
 # Benjamin Frantzen, 2019
 # Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019
 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -913,11 +914,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "commande**, sélectionnez la date à laquelle vous souhaitez passer la "
 "commande."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
-msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
-msgstr "Voir *Demande de Prix* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne"
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
 "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@@ -935,10 +932,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous propose (vous pouvez également laisser le champ vide si vous ne savez "
 "pas quel est le prix), et ajouter la date de livraison prévue dans le champ "
 "Date prévue. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**, puis sur **Imprimer Demande de "
-"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Courriel** (assurez-vous qu'une "
+"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Email** (assurez-vous qu'une "
 "adresse email est définie pour ce fournisseur ou entrez-en une nouvelle)."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
 " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
@@ -946,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Après avoir cliqué sur **Envoyer...**, vous constaterez que le statut de la "
 "Demande de Prix est passé de **Brouillon** à **Demande de Prix Envoyée**."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
 "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
@@ -957,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'offre (prix, taxes, délai de livraison prévu, conditions de paiement, "
 "etc.), puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer** pour émettre un Bon de Commande."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
 "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
@@ -966,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "la commande au fournisseur. Le statut de la Demande de Prix passera à "
 "**Commande Fournisseur**."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
 " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -14,19 +14,19 @@
 # Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019
 # Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019
 # Jonathan <jcs@odoo.com>, 2019
-# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 44fd1b7fd1ad5b321e37d151521961ad, 2020
 # Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020
 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ msgid ""
 "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on "
 "**Apply** when you're done."
 msgstr ""
-"Entrez le login **Courriel**, cochez la case sous **Dans le portail** et "
+"Entrez le login **Email**, cochez la case sous **Dans le portail** et "
 "ajoutez le du message qui sera envoyé dans la zone de texte en bas. Cliquez "
 "sur **Appliquer** lorsque vous avez terminé."
 
@@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ msgid ""
 "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the "
 "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance."
 msgstr ""
-"Un courriel sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le "
+"Un email sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le contact "
-"contact est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo."
+"est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo."
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3
 msgid "Amazon Connector"
@@ -445,25 +445,27 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
-"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
+"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
-"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
+"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
-"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
+"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
+"wish to synchronize and save."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
-"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
-"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
+"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
-"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
+" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
-msgstr ""
+" PICKINGS**."
-
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
-msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
+msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
 "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@@ -471,18 +473,18 @@ msgid ""
 "products partially by using backorders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
 "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
 "it) is on its way."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
 "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@@ -493,14 +495,14 @@ msgid ""
 "under the FBA program."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
 "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
 "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
 "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@@ -512,24 +514,24 @@ msgid ""
 " your account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
 "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
 "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
 "orders based on the sales team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
 "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@@ -540,11 +542,11 @@ msgid ""
 "account by the amount received."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
 "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@@ -552,13 +554,13 @@ msgid ""
 " of your company's accounts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
 "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
 "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@@ -648,16 +650,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
+"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
 "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
 msgid "Configure taxes of products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
 "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@@ -666,7 +669,7 @@ msgid ""
 " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
 "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@@ -872,11 +875,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
+"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-" the developer mode`"
 msgstr ""
-"Activez le mode développeur en allant à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
-"Activer le mode développeur`"
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`"
@@ -989,7 +989,6 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
 "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@@ -1223,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr "Générez un abonnement depuis un bon de commande"
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
-"the subscription product your previously created."
+"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
@@ -1311,6 +1310,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
 msgstr "Depuis les bons de commande, vous pouvez facturer ces heures."
 
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
 msgid ""
 "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@@ -2653,8 +2659,8 @@ msgstr "Définissez vos termes et conditions par défaut."
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
-"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
+"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
 # Translators:
 # Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019
 # Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
-# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019
 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
@@ -14,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -28,246 +27,49 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SMS Marketing"
 msgstr "Marketing par SMS"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
+msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Créez, envoyez et obtenez des rapports à partir d'un mailing SMS"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
-"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
-"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
-"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
-"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
 msgstr ""
-"Pourquoi utiliser un SMS? L'utilisation du marketing par SMS comme stratégie"
-" de communication vous permet d'élargir vos marchés, car dans certains pays "
-"les emails ne sont pas beaucoup utilisés ou pas utilisés de tout. Cela vous "
-"permet également de booster votre taux de conversion puisque cette stratégie"
-" possède un pourcentage élevé de taux d'ouverture parmi les utilisateurs de "
-"smartphones qui normalement lisent tous leurs SMS."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
-"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Avec l'application de marketing par SMS d'Odoo vous pouvez planifier, "
-"organiser, programmer et garder une trace de vos mailings via son interface "
-"conviviale."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
-msgid "Install the app"
-msgstr "Installez l'application"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
-msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
-msgstr ""
-"Allez à *Apps*, cherchez *Marketing par SMS* et cliquez sur *Installer*."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
-msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
-msgstr "Créez un mailing SMS"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
-msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Marketing SMS --> Créer`."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
-"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
-"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
-"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
-"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
-"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-"Tout d'abord, vous pourrez définir un *sujet* qui vous aidera à vous "
-"souvenir du contenu du mailing. Vous devez choisir le destinataire de votre "
-"SMS sous *récipients*. Si vous choisissez *Contact*, tous vos contacts Odoo "
-"(vendeurs, clients, etc.) recevront votre SMS. À partir de là, vous pouvez "
-"affiner votre liste de destinataires viac l'option *ajouter un filtre*. Dans"
-" l'exemple ci-dessous, vous décidez d'envoyer le SMS à vos contacts de "
-"Belgique."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
-"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
-"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
-msgstr ""
-"D'un autre côté, l'option *Mailing list* vous permet de choisir des mailing "
-"listes que vous avez créées avec des contacts spécifique ou des personnes "
-"qui se sont abonnées à vos newsletters, ou les deux! Vous pouvez "
-"sélectionner plus d'une *Mailing list*."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
-"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
-"data about those links."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans l'onglet *Contenu SMS*, il est possible d'inclure des liens et Odoo "
-"générera automatiquement des *traceurs des liens*. Grâce à ces balises, vous"
-" pourrez obtenir des informations sur ces liens."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
-"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
-"he’s not interested in anymore."
-msgstr ""
-"Sous *Paramètres* l'option *lien de désabonnement* est disponible. Si celle-"
-"ci est activée, le contact pourra se désabonner de la mailing list qu'il ne "
-"souhaite plus recevoir."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
-"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le menu *traceur de liens* sous *Configuration*, vous pouvez voir "
-"l'historique des liens envoyés, les consulter et voir les statistiques."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
-msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
-msgstr ""
-"Vérifiez que vous avez bien enregistré le numéro de téléphone de vos "
-"contacts !"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
-msgid "Sending my mailing"
-msgstr "Envoyer votre mailing"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
-"delivered:"
-msgstr ""
-"Une fois que votre mailing a été créé, vous devez choisir à quel moment il "
-"doit être envoyé :"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
-" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
-msgstr ""
-"**Mettre en attente** : le mailing se déclenchera lors du prochain envoi "
-"automatique. Cette option est intéressante si le moment où l'envoi se "
-"déclenchera m'est égal."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
-msgid ""
-"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
-"there are not that many recipients."
-msgstr ""
-"**Envoyer maintenant** : envoie immédiatement le message. Nous vous "
-"conseillons d'utiliser cette option s'il n'y a pas beaucoup de "
-"destinataires."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
-"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
-" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"**Programmer** : vous permet de choisir le jour et l'heure de l'envoi. C'est"
-" la meilleure option pour envoyer des mailings lors d'un événement "
-"spécifique pour promouvoir une offre qui est toujours en cour ou tout "
-"simplement pour planifier votre stratégie de contenu à l'avance."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
-"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
-"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
-"must remember to use a comma between them."
-msgstr ""
-"**Test** : vous permet d'envoyer un SMS à l'un ou plusieurs numéros en mode "
-"test. Vérifiez, par exemple, si le lien fourni envoie vers la bonne page "
-"tout en vous assurant qu'ils sont réactifs. N'oubliez pas d'ajouter une "
-"virgule entre les numéros si vous envoyez un message à plusieurs numéros."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
-msgid "Visualize reports"
-msgstr "Visualisez vos rapports"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
-"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
-"performance of my SMS mailings."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans le menu *Rapport*, en quelques clics, vous pouvez appliquer des "
-"filtres, des mesures et choisir différentes mises en page pour analyser la "
-"performance de vos mailings SMS."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
-"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez également vérifier le prix de l'envoi d'un SMS dans votre pays "
-"en cliquant sur l'icône *information* lors de la création d'un nouveau SMS."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
-"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
-":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
-msgstr ""
-"**Achetez des crédits!** Assurez-vous d'avoir acheté des crédits pour "
-"pouvoir profiter de l'application et de ses fonctionnalités. Pour plus "
-"d'information : :doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
 msgstr "Listes de contact et liste de blocage"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
+" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
+"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
+"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
+"distribution a lot easier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
 msgid "Contact lists"
 msgstr "Listes de contact"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
-msgid ""
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
-"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
-"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
-"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
-"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
-"easier."
 msgstr ""
-"La création ou l'importation de votre propre liste de contacts est utile "
-"lorsque vous souhaitez créer des groupes spécifiques de personnes, comme les"
-" abonnés d'une newsletter. C'est aussi la meilleure façon de démarrer "
-"lorsque vous venez d'un autre système et que vous avez déjà votre propre "
-"clientèle. Cela facilite beaucoup l'envoi des SMS."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`. I’ll "
+"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
-"choose a name for my *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I "
+"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
-"would like to make the mailing list accessible to my recipients in the "
+" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
-"unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
 msgstr ""
-"Allez à :menuselection:`Listes de contact --> Listes de contact --> Créer`. "
-"Vous devez choisir un nom pour votre *Mailing list* et activer l'option "
-"*Public* si vous souhaitez rendre la mailing list accessible à vos "
-"destinataires sur la page de désabonnement pour leur permettre de mettre à "
-"jour leurs préférences d'abonnement."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
+"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
 "specific list."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois dans la liste, vous pouvez encore *Créer* et *Importer* des "
-"contacts vers cette liste en particulier."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
 msgid "History with the Log Notes"
 msgstr "L'historique avec les notes du journal de bord "
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
 "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
@@ -275,60 +77,52 @@ msgstr ""
 "Le mailing envoyé est enregistré dans le chatter du destinataire (aussi bien"
 " pour un contact que pour une opportunité)."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
+"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
-"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
+"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
-"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
+"ability to better understand them."
-" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
 msgstr ""
-"C'est important car votre équipe et vous-même pouvez facilement suivre et "
-"voir l'historique de vos interactions avec vos contacts ou vos prospects, ce"
-" qui vous permet de mieux les comprendre. Par exemple : votre représentant "
-"commercial peut facilement savoir quelles promotions un client a reçues par "
-"SMS ou non."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
+"promotions a customer has received or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
 msgid "Blacklist"
 msgstr "Liste de blocage"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
+"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
-"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
+"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
-"my database. For that, I’ll go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone "
+"database."
-"Blacklist --> Import`."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous avez utilisé un autre logiciel auparavant et que vous avez déjà une "
-"liste de clients qui veulent être ajoutés à la liste de blocage des "
-"actualités, vous pouvez importer ces entrées dans votre base de données. "
-"Pour le faire,  allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Liste de blocage "
-"du téléphone --> Importer`."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
+"Import`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
 msgid "Integrations and Templates"
 msgstr "Intégrations et modèles"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
 "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
-"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
+"costumers, for example."
-"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
-"app isn’t different!"
 msgstr ""
-"L'utilisation de SMS pour atteindre les gens peut être une stratégie "
-"utilisée non seulement à des fins publicitaires mais également pour rappeler"
-" des événements ou émettre des factures à vos clients, par exemple. Comme "
-"vous le savez, l'un des plus grands avantages de l'utilisation d'Odoo est la"
-" possibilité d'intégrer des applications. Avec l'application de marketing "
-"par SMS, ce n'est pas différent !"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
-msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
+msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
-msgstr "Organisez des campagnes d'email marketing et de SMS"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
 ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
@@ -338,69 +132,56 @@ msgstr ""
 " :menuselection:`Application d'email Marketing --> Configuration --> "
 "Paramètres --> activer l'option campagnes de mailing`."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:16
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
+"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
-"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
+"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
-"marketing ones."
+"your email marketing ones."
 msgstr ""
-"Le menu *Campagnes* sera désormais ajouté dans vos pages *Marketing SMS*, "
-"cela vous donnera un aperçu des vos mailings SMS et de vos emails marketing."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:21
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
+"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
-"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
+"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
-"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
+"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
 msgstr ""
-"Cette fonction est particulièrement utile si vous avez des campagnes "
-"agrégées, car vous avez une vue globale des rapports. En outre, vous pouvez "
-"créer des étapes dans votre vue kanban pour mieux organiser le travail "
-"réalisé."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
 msgstr "Envoyer des SMS via l'application Contacts"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:28
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
-"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
+"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
-"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
+" example."
-"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
 msgstr ""
-"L'envoi de SMS via le formulaire de contact est disponible par défaut dans "
-"Odoo. Cela vous permet par exemple, d'envoyer plus facilement un SMS à un "
-"contact donné. Pour cela, allez dans l'application *Contacts*, sélectionnez "
-"le contact en question et cliquez sur l'icône *SMS* qui est à côté du numéro"
-" de téléphone."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:34
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to "
+"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
+"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
 ":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
 "SMS`."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous voulez envoyer un message groupé, allez à :menuselection:`Vue liste "
-"--> sélectionner tous les contacts --> Action --> Envoyer SMS`."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:41
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
 msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
 msgstr "Configurez des modèles de SMS"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:42
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
+"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
-":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates` and "
+":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
-"create the content I need."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour configurer des *Modèles de SMS*, allez sur l'application *Paramètres* "
-"et activez le mode *développeur*. Retournez ensuite sur l'application "
-"*Paramètres*, et allez à :menuselection:`Technique --> Section téléphone/SMS"
-" --> Modèles de SMS` et créez le contenu dont vous avez besoin."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
 "the context."
@@ -408,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Utilisez des *espaces réserves* pour adapter automatiquement le contenu du "
 "SMS au contexte."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
 "notable integrations:"
@@ -416,31 +197,31 @@ msgstr ""
 "La messagerie SMS est disponible via Odoo ! Voici quelques unes de nos "
 "remarquables intégrations."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
 msgstr "*CRM*: envoyez des SMS à vos pistes et opportunités."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
 msgstr "*Abonnement* : prévenez les clients sur leur abonnement."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
 msgstr "*Comptabilité* : envoyer des rappels de paiement."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
 msgstr ""
 "*Automatisation du marketing* : automatisez vos campagnes de marketing SMS."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:62
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
 msgstr ""
 "*Inventaire* : envoyez une confirmation automatique lorsque un bon de "
 "livraison est généré. "
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
 "document online."
@@ -448,66 +229,251 @@ msgstr ""
 "*Signer* : recevez un code de validation pour vérifier votre identité avant "
 "de signer un document en ligne."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:64
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 "*Le fournisseur de prélèvement automatique SEPA* : envoie un code de "
 "vérification à vos clients."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:65
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
 msgstr ""
 "*Studio* : envoie un SMS en fonction de vos besoins via des actions "
 "automatisées."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:67
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
-" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
+" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour plus d'information sur l'intégration des SMS dans Odoo et pour "
-"consulter la liste des questions fréquemment posées, allez à `Tarification "
-"et FAQ <fqapricing.html>`__."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
+msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
+" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
+"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
+"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
+"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
+msgid "Install the app"
+msgstr "Installez l'application"
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
+msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
+msgstr ""
+"Allez à *Apps*, cherchez *Marketing par SMS* et cliquez sur *Installer*."
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
+msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
+msgstr "Créez un mailing SMS"
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
+msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Marketing SMS --> Créer`."
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
+"remember what the mailing is about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
+" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
+"receive your SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
+" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
+"Belgium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
+"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
+" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
+"one *Mailing list*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
+"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
+"get data about those links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
+"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
+"is not interested in anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
+" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
+msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
+msgid "Sending my mailing"
+msgstr "Envoyer votre mailing"
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
+"to be delivered:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
+"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
+" are not that many recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
+" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
+"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
+"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
+"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
+"you must remember to use a comma between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
+msgid "Visualize reports"
+msgstr "Visualisez vos rapports"
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
+" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
+"performance of your SMS mailings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
+" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
+"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
+":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
+msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
 msgstr "Tarification SMS et FAQ"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
-msgid "Pricing"
+msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
-msgstr "Tarification"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
-"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
-"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
 msgstr ""
-"La messagerie SMS est un service d'achat in-App (IAP) qui fonctionne avec "
-"des crédits prépayés. Le prix d'un SMS dépend de la destination et de la "
-"longueur du message. Avec 1 crédit, vous pouvez envoyer jusqu'à 92 SMS."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
+"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
-"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
+"prepaid credits* to work."
 msgstr ""
-"**Pour plus d'informations, consultez notre page FAQ** : `SMS Odoo - FAQ "
-"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:14
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
+msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
+msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"To buy credits I will go to :menuselection:`Settings -->  Buy Credits` "
+"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
-"(under *Send SMS*); or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services` "
+" that includes the following characters:"
-"(under *Odoo IAP*)."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour acheter des crédits, allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Acheter des"
-" crédits` (sous *Envoyer des SMS*); ou allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres "
-"--> Consulter mes services` (sous *Odoo IAP*)."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:23
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
+"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
+" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
+"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
+"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
+"represents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
+msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
+"characters) of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
+"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
+"your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
+msgid "How do I buy credits?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
+msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
 "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
@@ -516,19 +482,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette "
 "fonctionnalité."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:27
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
-msgid "FAQ"
+msgid "More common questions"
-msgstr "FAQ"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
 msgstr "**Est-ce que mes crédits expirent-ils?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
-msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
+msgid "No, credits do not expire."
-msgstr "Non, vos crédits n'expirent pas."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
 "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
@@ -536,29 +502,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "**Puis-je envoyer un SMS vers un numéro (qui n'est pas un mobile) parce que "
 "je vois l'icône devant le champ “téléphone”?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:35
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
 msgstr ""
 "Uniquement si ce numéro de téléphone prend en charge les SMS (par ex. les "
 "téléphones SIP)."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:37
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
 msgstr "**Est-ce que je reçois une facture pour acheter mes crédits?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:39
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
 msgid "Yes."
 msgstr "Oui."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:41
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
 msgstr "**Le destinataire peut-il me répondre?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:43
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
 msgstr "Non, il est impossible de répondre à un SMS."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:45
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
 "send them all?**"
@@ -566,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "**Que se passe-t-il si je veux envoyer des SMS multiples mais que je n'ai "
 "pas suffisament de crédits?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:47
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
 "until you have enough credits to send them all."
@@ -575,31 +541,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "SMS ne sera envoyé tant que vous n'aurez pas suffisamment de crédits pour "
 "les envoyer tous."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
 msgstr "**Ai-je un historique des SMS envoyés?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
-"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under "
+"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode --> Technical --> "
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
-"SMS`."
+":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
 msgstr ""
-"Oui, le SMS est consigné en tant que note dans le chatter de "
-"l'enregistrement correspondant, et l'historique complet des SMS envoyés est "
-"disponible sous :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Activer le mode développeur "
-"--> Technique --> SMS`."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
 msgstr "**Puis-je envoyer autant de SMS que je veux en une fois?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
 msgstr "Oui, si vous avez suffisamment de crédits."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
 "lose credits?**"
@@ -607,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "**Est-ce que je perds des crédits si j'ai un numéro qui n'est pas dans la "
 "liste des destinataires?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
 "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
@@ -617,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " chiffres). Autrement, si le SMS est envoyé à la mauvaise personne ou à un "
 "faux numéro, votre crédit sera débité."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:65
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
 " ticket for a festival)?**"
@@ -625,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "**Que se passe-t-il si j'envoie un SMS à un numéro payant (par ex.: un "
 "concours pour gagner un ticket pour un festival)?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
 msgid ""
 "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
 "charged."
@@ -633,57 +595,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "Les SMS ne sont pas envoyés à ce type de numéro, vous ne serez donc pas "
 "débité."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
 msgstr ""
 "**Puis-je identifier les numéros inexistant lorsque j'envoie plusieurs "
 "SMS?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:72
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
 msgstr "Uniquement ceux qui ont un format invalide."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:74
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
 msgstr "**Comment le règlement RGPD affect-il ce service?**"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:76
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
 msgid ""
-"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
+"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
-"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
 msgstr ""
-"Veuillez trouver notre politique de confidentialité ici: `Odoo IPA politique"
-" de confidentialité des achats <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:79
-msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
-msgstr ""
-"**Combien de types de SMS existent et combien de caractères comporte 1 "
-"SMS?**"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:81
-msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
-msgstr "Il existe 2 types de SMS :"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:83
-msgid ""
-"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
-"be seen in the following picture."
-msgstr ""
-"*Standard* (GSM-7) : contient uniquement les caractères du jeu GSM-7, que "
-"l'on peut voir dans l'image suivante."
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
-"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
-" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
-"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
-" represents."
-msgstr ""
-"*Unicode* : contient au moins un caractère qui n'est pas dans le tableau "
-"précédent. Pour les SMS standard la limite est de 160 caractères, et pour "
-"Unicode c'est 70. Au-delà de ces limites, le contenu est divisé en plusieurs"
-" messages. Le système vous avertira en temps réel du nombre de SMS que le "
-"message représente."

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po

@@ -5,18 +5,16 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Martin Trigaux, 2019
-# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2019
 # Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
-# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -25,209 +23,339 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
 msgid "Social Marketing"
 msgstr "Marketing social"
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Advanced Topics"
+msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Rubriques avancées"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
+msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
+"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
-"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
+"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
-"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
+"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
+"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
+" content."
 msgstr ""
-"L'un des plus grands défis d'une entreprise est de s'engager de manière "
-"efficace auprès de leur communauté. Odoo social vous aide à rencontrer votre"
-" clientèle à l'aide de plusieurs supports : les médias sociaux, les "
-"notifications ou les requêtes de chat en direct."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
-msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
-msgstr "Ajoutez vos réseaux sociaux et créez votre fil "
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
+"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
-"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
+"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
-"Odoo Social Marketing application."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous devez d'abord ajouter vos comptes de médias sociaux. Pour le faire, "
-"ajoutez un flux et choisissez votre compte de média social. Vous devrez "
-"accorder des autorisations à l'application Odoo Marketing social."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
+"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
-"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
+"transaction (paid)."
-" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
-" like."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois que cela est fait, vous serez redirigé vers votre flux et une "
-"colonne sera automatiquement ajoutée avec les publications de votre compte "
-"fraîchement ajouté. Vous pouvez ensuite ajouter de nouveaux flux à votre fil"
-" et personnaliser votre vue Kanban comme vous le souhaitez."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
+"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
+" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
 msgstr ""
-"L'ajout de comptes de réseaux sociaux à votre fil ajoutera également des "
-"indicateurs de performance clés :"
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
-msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
-msgstr "Audience: Nombre d'abonnés de votre chaîne"
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
-msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
-msgstr ""
-"Participation : Le nombre de fois que des personnes ont participé à vos "
-"publications."
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel have "
+"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
-"created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, Retweet,..)"
+"content."
 msgstr ""
-"Histoires : Le nombre de fois que des personnes ayant participé à votre "
-"chaîne ont créé du contenu sur le fil de leurs amis ou followers (Partages, "
-"retweet,..)."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
+"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
-"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
+"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
+"application must be installed on your database."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez accéder à plus d'informations en cliquant sur le lien “Insights”"
-" : cela vous mènera aux statistiques du média social sélectionné."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
+" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
+msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
+msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
+msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
+"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
+"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
+"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
+"interaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
+"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
+"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
+"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
+msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
+msgid "Monitor your visitors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Under the  *Visitors* menu,  see the visitors that landed on one of your "
+":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
+"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
+"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
+"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
+"last date and time the user was connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
+"an existing partner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
+"own website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
+msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
+"*Track*, on the respective pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
+msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
+" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
+"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
+"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
+"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
+msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
+msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
+" automatically added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
+" customize your Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
+"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
+"*Insights*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
+msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
+"creation of content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
 msgid "Publish content"
 msgstr "Publiez du contenu"
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
+"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
-" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
+":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
-"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
-" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
-"of how it will look when published."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour publier du contenu sur vos réseaux sociaux ou envoyer une notification "
-"push à vos utilisateurs abonnés, accédez à votre flux et cliquez sur "
-"Nouvelle publication ou utilisez le menu “Postes” pour la créer à partir de "
-"cet emplacement. Sélectionnez tous les comptes sur lesquels vous souhaitez "
-"publier votre contenu, rédigez votre message et obtenez un aperçu instantané"
-" de son apparence une fois publié."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
+msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
+msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
+msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
+"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
-"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
+"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
-"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
-" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
-" previous paragraph."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous choisissez les notifications push, des nouveau champs additionnels "
-"apparaîtront sur le formulaire. Ils vous permettront de finaliser la "
-"configuration des notifications push et de choisir votre segment parmi tous "
-"vos abonnés. Vous pouvez aussi envoyer des notifications push via le menu "
-"Visiteurs comme expliqué dans le paragraphe précédent."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
-msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
+msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
-msgstr "Activez les notifications push sur votre site Web"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
 msgid ""
-"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
+"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
-"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
+"and click on an existing one to edit it."
-"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
-" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
-"notifications permission request."
 msgstr ""
-"Les notifications push utilisent un compte Firebase configuré par défaut. "
-"Cette fonctionnalité vous permet d'envoyer des notifications aux visiteurs "
-"de votre site Web après qu'ils s'y sont abonnés. Pour activer les "
-"notifications push sur votre site, allez dans les paramètres de "
-"l'application site Web et configurez les autorisations de notifications."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
+msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
+"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
-"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
+"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
-"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
+"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
-"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
+"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
-"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
+"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
-"Homepage)."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois cette opération effectuée, une fenêtre popup apparaîtra pour les "
-"visiteurs de votre site Web, leur demandant d’autoriser les notifications "
-"push. Dès qu'ils y sont abonnés, vous pouvez commencer à leur envoyer des "
-"notifications push via le menu Visiteurs. Vous pouvez en envoyer "
-"individuellement ou cibler un segment plus important en sélectionnant "
-"plusieurs visiteurs dans la vue Liste (par exemple, tous les visiteurs ayant"
-" visité votre page d'accueil)."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
-msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
+msgid "Ask users for permission"
-msgstr "Interagissez avec vos visiteurs en ligne"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
+"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
-"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
+" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
-"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
-"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
-"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
-"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
-"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
-"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez surveiller vos visites via le menu Visiteurs. Vous verrez tous "
-"les visiteurs qui ont atterri sur l’une des pages que vous surveillez (vous "
-"pouvez configurer vos pages surveillées dans l’application Site Web), en "
-"ligne ou hors ligne. Vos visiteurs en ligne seront authentifiés s’ils sont "
-"liés à un prospect ou à un partenaire existant. Vous pourrez les contacter "
-"avec un email, un message SMS, une notification push (s’ils y sont abonnés),"
-" ou même leur envoyer une demande de chat en direct qu’ils recevront lors de"
-" leur prochain déplacement sur l’une de vos pages suivies ( si vous avez "
-"installé l'application Live Chat)."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
-msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
-msgstr "Configurez vos propres comptes développeur Facebook et Twitter"
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
 msgid ""
-"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
+"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
-" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
+"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
-"the developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and "
-"enter your own API keys."
 msgstr ""
-"Par défaut, l'application Social est déjà configurée avec les comptes "
-"développeurs Facebook et Twitter mais vous pouvez utiliser votre propre "
-"compte si nécessaire. Activez le mode développeur, allez à "
-":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` et entrez vos propres clés "
-"API."
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
-msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
+msgid "Send notifications"
-msgstr "Configurez votre propre compte Firebase API"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
+msgid "Individually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
+msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
+msgid "To a group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
+"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
-"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
+"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
-"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
+msgstr ""
-"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
+
-" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
+"archived."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
+msgid "By rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
+"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
+"that match the rules you set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
+msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
 msgstr ""
-"Par défaut, votre base de données possède déjà un projet Firebase, vous ne "
-"devez pas le configurer. Si vous avez plusieurs sites Web, chacun d'entre "
-"eux sera lié à un projet Firebase distinct. Si vous désirez configurer votre"
-" propre projet Firebase, allez à :menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration "
-"--> Paramètres` Section notifications push du site Web."

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Vincent Luba <vincent@biz-4-africa.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -284,297 +284,6 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vous devriez `migrer <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ votre base de données "
 "vers une version plus récente."
 
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
-msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
-msgstr "Contribuer à la documentation"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
-msgid "First of all..."
-msgstr "Pour commencer..."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
-"documentation of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-"**... Merci de nous rejoindre et de nous aider à améliorer la documentation "
-"utilisateur d'Odoo.**"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
-msgid "Edit an existing page"
-msgstr "Modifier une page existante"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
-"account <https://github.com/join>`_."
-msgstr ""
-"Comme notre documentation est maintenue sur GitHub, vous aurez besoin d'un "
-"compte `GitHub gratuit <https://github.com/join>`_."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Pick a page in our :doc:`user documentation <../index>`. **Please take care "
-"of selecting the right version of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-"Choisissez une page dans notre :`documentation utilisateur <../index>`. "
-"**Veillez à choisir la bonne version d'Odoo.**"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:21
-msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur **Edit on GitHub** dans le menu de gauche."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
-"repository**, otherwise you won't see this step."
-msgstr ""
-"Si c'est la première fois que vous éditez notre documentation, cliquez sur "
-"**Fork repository**, sinon vous ne verrez pas cette étape."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
-"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
-"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
-"quick overview of RST commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilisez l'éditeur de GitHub pour ajouter votre texte. Le texte est marqué "
-"avec une syntaxe simple appelée `RST "
-"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Ne vous inquiétez pas, ce "
-"n'est pas très compliqué à apprendre 🤓... Allez à la section suivante de ce "
-"document pour un rapide aperçu des commandes RST."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
-" format."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur **Prévisualiser les modifications** afin de réviser votre "
-"contribution dans un format de lecture classique."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
-"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
-"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
-"longer explanation."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans la section **Propose file change**, ajoutez un court titre à votre "
-"contribution. Le titre doit pouvoir résumer vos modifications. Vous pouvez "
-"utiliser la seconde case pour ajouter une description supplémentaire si "
-"votre contribution nécessite une explication plus longue."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
-msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
-msgstr "Soumettez votre contribution en cliquant sur **Propose file change**."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:52
-msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur **Create pull request**."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
-"help!"
-msgstr ""
-"Attendez qu'un contributeur Odoo accepte votre contribution. Merci de votre "
-"aide !"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-"Il n'y a pas de port automatique de votre modification à une autre version "
-"de la documentation."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
-"your contribution message."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vos modifications devraient s'apliquer à plusieurs versions d'Odoo, "
-"n'hésitez pas à nous prévenir dans votre message de contribution."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
-msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
-msgstr "Aide-mémoire RST"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-"Voici un résumé des éléments de marquage que vous pourriez utiliser en "
-"modifiant notre documentation."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
-msgid "Code"
-msgstr "Code"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
-msgid "Display"
-msgstr "Affichage"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
-msgid "Comments"
-msgstr "Commentaires"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71
-msgid "Text in *italics*"
-msgstr "Texte en *italique*"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:75
-msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
-msgstr "Texte en caractères **gras**"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
-msgid "Numbered"
-msgstr "Numéroté"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:80 ../../support/user_doc.rst:86
-msgid "Bullet"
-msgstr "Puce"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:81 ../../support/user_doc.rst:87
-msgid "List"
-msgstr "Liste"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
-msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
-msgstr "Doit être entouré de lignes vides."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91
-msgid "This is `a  hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-msgstr "Voici un `lien hypertexte <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
-"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
-msgstr ""
-"Voici `comment entrer les accents graves sur votre clavier "
-"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
-msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
-msgstr "N'oubliez pas le *tiret bas* final."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
-"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
-"RST."
-msgstr ""
-"Il y a bien plus de commandes disponibles comme vous pouvez le voir dans `la"
-" documentation complète "
-"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ du "
-"RST."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
-msgid "Add images to your documents"
-msgstr "Ajoutez des images à vos documents"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
-"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
-"improving this."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette procédure est uniquement possible pour les utilisateurs ayant un accès"
-" **push** à la documentation du repository (ex. : principalement des "
-"contributeurs Odoo). Nous travaillons actuellement sur l'amélioration de "
-"cette procédure."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:111
-msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
-msgstr "Tout d'abord, préparez vos captures d'écran."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:113
-msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
-msgstr "Ce doit être des images PNG de bonne qualité."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:114
-msgid ""
-"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
-" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
-msgstr ""
-"Recadrez votre capture d'écran pour n'afficher que la partie pertinente de "
-"l'écran. Les grandes captures d'écran sont difficiles à lire et s'affichent "
-"mal dans la documentation."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:116
-msgid ""
-"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
-"any personal data."
-msgstr ""
-"Prenez toujours vos captures d'écran sur une version demo d'Odoo; n'incluez "
-"**jamais** de données personnelles. "
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:118
-msgid ""
-"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
-"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
-msgstr ""
-"Chargez les dans le dossier ``media/`` se trouvant à côté de la page en "
-"cours de modification. Si le dossier n'existe pas, créez-le."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:119
-msgid ""
-"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quand vous modifiez votre page, utilisez cette partie de code pour "
-"télécharger votre image :"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:127
-msgid "Submit your changes"
-msgstr "Soumettez vos modifications"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:137
-msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
-msgstr "Détails Techniques pour Nerds"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:139
-msgid ""
-"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone the `GitHub repository "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
-"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
-msgstr ""
-"Les utilisateurs avancés peuvent, évidemment, faire un fork et un clone `du "
-"repository GitHub <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Soumettez "
-"ensuite une pull request avec le flux de travail canonique Git/Github."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:142
-msgid ""
-"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
-"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
-msgstr ""
-"Voir notre document `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
-"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ sur la construction de la documentation."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:147
-msgid "Developer documentation"
-msgstr "Documentation développeur"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149
-msgid ""
-"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
-"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
-msgstr ""
-"Les documentations visant les développeurs d'Odoo sont maintenues "
-"parallèlement au code source d'Odoo "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:152
-msgid ""
-"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
-"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-"La documentation utilisateur peut contenir des détails techniques, mais "
-"seulement lorsqu'ils sont lié à la configuration et à l'utilisation "
-"quotidienne d'Odoo."
-
 #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
 msgstr "Que puis-je attendre du service de Support ?"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po

@@ -19,15 +19,16 @@
 # André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019
 # Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
+# Miora RAKOTOVAO <miur.mbolaniaina@gmail.com>, 2020
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
+"Last-Translator: Miora RAKOTOVAO <miur.mbolaniaina@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1209,16 +1210,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
 msgid ""
-"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
+"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
-"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
-" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
+" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
-"from their original versions."
+"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
+"not transformed from their original versions."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous fonctionnez en mode débogage, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni "
+"Si vous travaillez sur :doc:`Developer mode "
-"concaténés, ni minifiés. Par conséquent, cela est beaucoup plus lent. "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni"
-"Cependant, cela vous permet de facilement déboguer avec le débogueur de "
+" enchaînés, ni minifiés. Il est donc beaucoup plus lent. Toutefois, cela "
-"Chrome puisque les ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas transformées par"
+"vous permet de déboguer facilement avec le débogueur Chrome car les "
-" rapport à leurs versions d'origine."
+"ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas converties par rapport à leurs "
+"versions d'origine. "
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
 msgid "CDN"
@@ -1535,16 +1538,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
 msgid ""
-"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
+"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
-" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
+"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
-"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
+" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
+"reset the file after system upgrades."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez personnaliser le fichier *robots* en mode développeur à partir "
+"Vous pourriez personnaliser le fichier *robots* dans :doc:`Developer mode "
-"de *Paramètres --> Technique --> Interface utilisateur --> Vues* (exclure "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` à partir de *Paramètres --> "
-"des robots, exclure certaines pages, rediriger vers un plan du site "
+"Technique --> Interface Utilisateur --> Vues* (exclure les robots, exclure "
-"personnalisé). Rendez le model data de la vue *Non actualisable* pour que le"
+"certaines pages, rediriger vers un Sitemap personnalisé). Rendre le Model "
-" fichier ne soit pas réinitialisé lors des mises à jour du système."
+"Data de la vue *Non Updatable* afin de ne pas réinitialiser le fichier après"
+" les mises à jour du système. "
 
 #: ../../website/publish.rst:3
 msgid "Publish"
@@ -2054,21 +2059,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
-"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
+"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
+"installation`"
 msgstr ""
-"La géolocalisation IP est installé par défaut sur Odoo en ligne. Si vous "
-"exécutez Odoo sur site, n'oubliez pas d'installer la bibliothèque de "
-"*Géolocalisation IP*."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
 msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
 msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
 msgstr "Personnalisez l'expérience des visiteurs"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
 " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@@ -2083,11 +2086,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "flux de travail et les pages automatiques (caisse eCommerce, blogs, "
 "événements, etc.) car le nombre d'options disponibles y est plus élevé."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
 msgid "Publish specific content per website"
 msgstr "Publiez un contenu spécifique par site Web"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
 "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@@ -2100,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'édition à l'arrière-plan et laisser le champ *Site Web* vide. Le contenu "
 "sera alors publié sur tous les sites Web."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
 "websites*:"
@@ -2108,35 +2111,35 @@ msgstr ""
 "Voici tous les éléments que vous pouvez lier à *un site en particulier ou à "
 "tous les sites Web* :"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
 msgid "Products"
 msgstr "Articles"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
 msgstr "Catégorie de produits pour le eCommerce"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
 msgid "Blogs"
 msgstr "Blogs"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
 msgid "Slide Channels"
 msgstr "Canaux de diapositives"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
 msgid "Forums"
 msgstr "Forums"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
 msgid "Events"
 msgstr "Évènements"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
 msgid "Job Positions"
 msgstr "Postes"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
 "product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
@@ -2144,11 +2147,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Lorsque vous publiez un enregistrement créé en arrière-plan, en général un "
 "produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les sites Web."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
 msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
 msgstr "Publiez une page sur tous les sites Web"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
 msgid ""
 "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
 " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
@@ -2159,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Pages`. Pour cela, laissez le"
 " champ *site Web* vide."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
 msgid ""
 "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
 "and set the new website."
@@ -2167,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si vous voulez la dupliquer sur un autre site Web uniquement, copiez la page"
 " et configurez le nouveau site."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
 msgid ""
 "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
 " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
@@ -2177,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "site Web en cours. Une nouvelle page est dupliquée et liée au site. La page "
 "d'origine reste liée à tous les sites Web."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
 msgid ""
 "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
 "page behind each edited page."
@@ -2185,11 +2188,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "En regroupant les pages par URL dans le gestionnaire de pages, vous "
 "retrouvez facilement la page originale derrière chaque page éditée."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
 msgid "Multi-companies"
 msgstr "Multi-sociétés"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
 msgid ""
 "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
 "companies environment."
@@ -2197,7 +2200,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Dans un environnement multi-sociétés, chaque site Web peut être relié à une "
 "société spécifique de votre système."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
 msgid ""
 "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
 "(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
@@ -2205,7 +2208,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Avec une telle configuration, seules les données relatives à la société "
 "s'affichent sur le site Web (produits, emplois, événements, etc.)."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
 msgid ""
 "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
 "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@@ -2217,7 +2220,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "société actuelle (ainsi qu'à leurs sociétés affiliées ou filiales dans le "
 "language Odoo). De même pour les visiteurs.  "
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
 "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
@@ -2227,11 +2230,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " vous changez de site Web. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, "
 "utilisez l'onglet de sélection de société dans le menu."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
 msgstr "Configurez votre site Web eCommerce"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
 msgid ""
 "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
 " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
@@ -2241,11 +2244,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux puisse être personnalisable pour"
 " s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites Web."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
 msgid "Products only available on one website"
 msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur un seul site Web"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
 msgid ""
 "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
 " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
@@ -2256,11 +2259,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "formulaire d'édition du produit. Un champ vide veut dire qu'il est "
 "disponible sur tous les sites Web."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
 msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
 msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur *certains* sites Web"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
 "should duplicate the product for each website."
@@ -2268,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pour rendre un produit disponible sur certains site Web uniquement, vous "
 "devez dupliquer le produit pour chaque site."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
 msgid ""
 "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
 "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@@ -2282,11 +2285,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "dans votre stock. Ainsi, tout article vendu à partir de votre site Web sera "
 "converti en un article stockable sur le bon de livraison."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
 msgid "Pricelists"
 msgstr "Listes de prix"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
 "Prices per Product* in Website settings."
@@ -2294,7 +2297,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pour gérer des prix spécifiques par site Web, activez *Divers prix de vente "
 "par produit* dans les paramètres du site."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
 "additional pricelists. See "
@@ -2304,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour créer des listes de prix additionnelles. Consultez "
 ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
 msgid ""
 "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
 "this website."
@@ -2312,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez l'un des sites Web pour rendre une "
 "liste de prix disponible uniquement sur ce site."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
 msgid ""
 "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
 "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
@@ -2323,11 +2326,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Autrement, elle ne sera disponible que pour des opérations de vente en "
 "arrière-plan ou pour des applications point de vente."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
 msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement et modes de livraison"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
 msgid ""
 "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
 " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@@ -2340,11 +2343,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "géolocalisation IP. Maintenant, vous pouvez aussi définir les sites en "
 "remplissant le champ *Site Web*."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
 msgid "Customer accounts"
 msgstr "Comptes client"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
 msgid ""
 "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
 "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@@ -2358,11 +2361,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "site. Cette dernière option est idéale si vous ne voulez pas que les "
 "visiteurs fassent un lien entre vos différents sites Web."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
 msgid "Technical hints for customization"
 msgstr "Des conseils techniques pour la personnalisation"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
 " make it work with multi websites:"
@@ -2370,20 +2373,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si vous désirez publier des éléments personnalisés sur le site Web, voici "
 "quelques conseils pour les faire fonctionner avec des sites Web multiples :"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
 msgstr ""
 "Plan du site : n'oubliez pas le domaine dans le routage pour ne publier "
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
 msgstr "que les données disponibles dans le plan de chaque site Web."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
 msgid "Access: you should call the method"
 msgstr "Accès : vous devez le nommer"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
 " can see a record in the current website."
@@ -2391,18 +2394,124 @@ msgstr ""
 "*peut_accèder_depuis_actuel_site Web* sur l'unité de commande pour que le "
 "visiteur puisse voir un enregistrement sur le site Web en cours."
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
 msgstr ""
 "Recherche : lorsqu'une liste d'enregistrements est affichée, n'oubliez pas "
 "de spécifier"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
 msgstr ""
 "le domaine pour n'afficher que les enregistrements disponibles sur le site "
 "Web en cours."
 
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
+msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
+"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
+msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
+"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
+" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
+msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
+msgid "Restart the server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
+"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
+"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
+"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"`CLI documentation "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
+"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
+"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
+"notice/>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
+msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
+msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
+msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
+"reason :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
+"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
+"`--proxy-mode "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
+"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
+msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
+msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
 msgstr "Comment traduire mon site Web"

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
@@ -322,6 +323,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
 msgid "Pricing"
 msgstr "Prijzen"
 
@@ -697,6 +699,75 @@ msgid ""
 " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
+msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
+"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
+"quickly get all the information you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
+"Autocomplete* feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
+msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
+"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
+" will be populated with corporate data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
+"company name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
+" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
+"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
+"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
+"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
+"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
 msgstr "Configureer uw VOIP Asterisk server voor Odoo"

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -300,25 +300,30 @@ msgid ""
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
-msgid ""
+msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
-"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
-"their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
-"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
+"Object aliases can be edited from their  respective configuration view. To "
-"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
+"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
-"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
+"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
+"mail.bounce.alias*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
-"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
+"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
+" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
 "Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -986,8 +986,9 @@ msgid "How to:"
 msgstr "Hoe te:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
-msgid "Switch to developer mode."
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Wisselen naar ontwikkelaarsmodus."
+"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
+msgid "Email Marketing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
+msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
+" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
+"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
+msgid "Create Mailing lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
+"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
+"unsubscribing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
+" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
+msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
+"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
+"mailing list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
+msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
+" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
+"created here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
+" or will be part of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
+msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
+"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
+"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
+"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
+"be redirected to the following page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
+"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
+" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
+"send it only to a personal email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
+"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
+" *any* more emails from you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
+" users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
+"addresses will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
+msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
+msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
+"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
+" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
+msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
+"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
+"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
+"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
+"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
+"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
+"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
+" sender (*Send From*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
+"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
+" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
+"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
+msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
+" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
+"will delete the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
+"contacts to avoid errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
+"*queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
+"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
+" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
+"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
+"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
+"*Retry*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
+msgid "Manage campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
+"Campaigns*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
+" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
+msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
+"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
+"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
+"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
+msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
 "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
 "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
-":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
+":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
-"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
+"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
 "behaviour."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Field Service"
 msgstr "Buitendienst"
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
-msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
+msgid "Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
+msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"easy for employees."
+"field services tasks from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
 msgid "Enable the feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Quotations*."
+"Intervention* from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
+msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
-" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
-"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
-"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
-":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
-msgid "Designing worksheets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
-"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
-" the *Studio* application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
-"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
-"overview of the work done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
-"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
-"that given template and generates a graph."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
-"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
 "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid ""
 "be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
 "*Resume* when you would like to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
 "add a description."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
 "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
 "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
 "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
 "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
 msgid "Invoice your time and material"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
 "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
 "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
 ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
-msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
-msgid "Keeping track of stock"
+msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
 "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
 msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
 " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
 "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
 "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
-msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
+msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see  "
 "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
 "employees schedules and interventions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
 "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
 " in your Gantt view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
 "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
 " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
 "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
 "existing one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
 msgid "Unassigned tasks"
 msgstr "Niet toegewezen taken"
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
 "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
 " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
 "dynamic database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
-msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
-" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
-"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
-"price to be approved before the work even starts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
-"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
-"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
-"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
-" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
-"respective project you have chosen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
-" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
-msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"field services tasks from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Intervention* from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Planning an itinerary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
 "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
 "the workload more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
 " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid ""
 "token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
 "route."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
 "without a Mapbox account."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+"easy for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
+msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
+" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
+"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
+"price to be approved before the work even starts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
+"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
+"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
+"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
+" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
+"respective project you have chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
+" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
+" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
+"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
+"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
+":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
+msgid "Designing worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
+"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
+" the *Studio* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
+"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
+"overview of the work done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
+"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
+"that given template and generates a graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
+"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
+msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -50,25 +50,21 @@ msgstr "Hoe gebruikers toestaan zich aan te melden met hun Google-account"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Connect to your Google account and go to "
+"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard "
-"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
 "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
 msgstr ""
-"Connecteer met uw Google account en ga naar "
-"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
-"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
 msgstr ""
 "Klik op **Creëer Project** en voer een projectnaam en andere details in"
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16
 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
 msgstr "Klik op **Gebruik Google APIs**"
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
 "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
@@ -76,13 +72,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Selecteer in het linkse submenu **Aanmeldgegevens** (vanuit **API "
 "beheerder**) en selecteer vervolgens **OAuth toestemmingsscherm**."
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
 " save."
 msgstr "Vul uw adres, e-mail en de productnaam in en sla het op."
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
 "Client ID)."
@@ -90,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Klik vervolgens op **Aanmeldgegevens toevoegen** en selecteer de tweede "
 "optie (OAuth 2.0 client ID)."
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
 " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
@@ -98,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Controleer of het applicatie type is ingesteld op **Web applicatie**. "
 "Configureer nu de toegestane pagina's bij welke u wordt doorverwezen."
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
 " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
@@ -108,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Kopieer en plak de volgende link in de container: "
 "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Vervolgens klik op **Creëer**"
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
 "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
@@ -203,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
 msgstr ""
@@ -316,23 +312,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "gegevens. Dergelijke sjablonen kunnen met één klik worden geïmporteerd; De "
 "data mapping is reeds gedaan."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
 msgid "How to adapt the template"
 msgstr "Hoe de template wijzigen"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
 msgstr ""
 "Voeg kolommen toe, verwijder ze en soort ze zodat ze zo goed mogelijk bij uw"
 " datastructuur passen."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
 msgstr ""
 "We adviseren u om het veld **ID** niet weg te halen (waarom ziet u in de "
 "volgende sectie)."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
 " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
@@ -344,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Maar geen zorgen! U kunt nieuwe kolommen handmatig toewijzen wanneer u de "
 "import test. Zoek in de lijst naar het overeenkomstige veld."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
 "on the very next time."
@@ -352,11 +348,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Gebruik vervolgens dit veld zijn label in uw bestand om het de volgende keer"
 " direct te doen werken."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43
 msgid "How to import from another application"
 msgstr "Hoe importeren vanuit een andere applicatie"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
 "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
@@ -366,18 +362,18 @@ msgid ""
 " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
 "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
 "whenever possible."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
 msgstr "Ik kan het veld niet vinden dat ik wens te koppelen aan mijn kolom"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
 "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
@@ -388,7 +384,7 @@ msgid ""
 " default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
 "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
@@ -398,11 +394,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " (geavanceerd)** optie aan te vinken, vervolgens zal je de mogelijkheid "
 "hebben om te kiezen uit de complete lijst van velden voor iedere kolom. "
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78
 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
 msgstr "Waar kan ik het datum invoerformaat wijzigen?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80
 msgid ""
 "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
 "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
@@ -412,7 +408,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
 msgid ""
 "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
 "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
@@ -420,7 +416,7 @@ msgid ""
 " the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
 "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
@@ -428,11 +424,11 @@ msgid ""
 "whatever your locale date format is."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
 msgstr "Kan ik nummers importeren met een valuta-teken (bvb.: $ 32,00)?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
 " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
@@ -442,58 +438,58 @@ msgid ""
 "crash."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
 msgstr "Voorbeelden van ondersteunde cijfers (gebruikt 32000 als voorbeeld):"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
 msgid "32.000,00"
 msgstr "32.000,00"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
 msgid "32000,00"
 msgstr "32000,00"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
 msgid "32,000.00"
 msgstr "32,000.00"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
 msgid "-32000.00"
 msgstr "-32000.00"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109
 msgid "(32000.00)"
 msgstr "(32000.00)"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110
 msgid "$ 32.000,00"
 msgstr "€ 32.000,00"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111
 msgid "(32000.00 €)"
 msgstr "(32000.00 €)"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
 msgid "Example that will not work:"
 msgstr "Voorbeeld dat niet werkt:"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
 msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
 msgstr "ABC 32.000,00"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
 msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
 msgstr "€ (32.000,00)"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119
 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
 msgstr ""
 "Wat kan ik doen als de tabel Importeervoorbeeld niet correct wordt "
 "weergegeven?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
 msgid ""
 "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
 "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
@@ -501,7 +497,7 @@ msgid ""
 " CSV file bar after you select your file)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
 "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
@@ -511,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "scheidingen niet detecteren. U moet de bestandsindeling opties wijzigen in "
 "uw spreadsheet applicatie. Zie de volgende vraag."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
 msgid ""
 "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
 "application?"
@@ -519,36 +515,37 @@ msgstr ""
 "Hoe kan ik het CSV bestandsformaat wijzigen wanneer ik deze bewaar in de "
 "spreadsheet applicatie?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
 msgid ""
-"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
+"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's "
 "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
 "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
-"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
+"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check "
-"filter settings' > Save)."
+"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
-"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
+":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> "
+"Encoding tab`)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
 msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen Database ID en Extern ID?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
 msgid ""
 "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
 "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
 " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
-"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
+"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three "
 "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
 "import."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
 "different fields to import:"
@@ -556,46 +553,46 @@ msgstr ""
 "Bijvoorbeeld, om te verwijzen naar het land van een contactpersoon, stelt "
 "Odoo u 3 verschillende en importeerbare velden voor:"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
 msgstr "Land: de naam of code van het land"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
 msgid ""
 "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
 "postgresql column"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
 msgid ""
 "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
 " (or the .XML file that imported it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
 msgstr "Het land België kunt op één van deze drie manieren importeren:"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
 msgid "Country: Belgium"
 msgstr "Land: België"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158
 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
 msgstr "Land/Database ID: 21"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
 msgstr "Land/Externe ID: base.be"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
 msgid ""
 "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
 "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
 "according to your need:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
 msgid ""
 "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
 " have been created manually."
@@ -603,7 +600,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Gebruik land: Dit is de makkelijkste manier wanneer uw gegevens komen vanuit"
 " een CSV bestand dat handmatig is aangemaakt."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
 msgid ""
 "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
 "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
@@ -611,7 +608,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Database ID)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169
 msgid ""
 "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
 "party application."
@@ -619,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Gebruik Land/Externe ID: Gebruik externe ID wanneer u data importeert vanuit"
 " een externe applicatie."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171
 msgid ""
 "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
 " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
@@ -628,27 +625,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Products and their Categories."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176
 msgid ""
-"`CSV file for categories "
+":download:`CSV file for categories "
-"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
-"`CSV bestand voor categorieën "
-"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
 msgid ""
-"`CSV file for Products "
+":download:`CSV file for Products "
-"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
-"`CSV bestand voor producten "
-"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183
 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
 msgstr "Wat moet ik doen als ik verschillende matches heb voor een veld?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
 msgid ""
 "If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
 "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
@@ -659,7 +652,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
 msgid ""
 "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
 "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
@@ -669,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "raden wij u aan gebruik te maken van de externe ID voor dit veld "
 "'Categorie'."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
 "multiple tags)?"
@@ -677,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Hoe kan ik een many2many relatieveld importeren (bijvoorbeeld een klant met "
 "meerdere labels)?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
 msgid ""
 "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
 " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
@@ -689,13 +682,13 @@ msgstr ""
 " geven, dan moet u zowel 'Fabrikant, Retailer' in dezelfde kolom ingeven in "
 "uw CSV bestand."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
 msgid ""
-"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
+":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
-"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
 "Sales Order)?"
@@ -703,34 +696,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "Hoe kan ik een one2many relatie importeren (bijvoorbeeld verkooporderlijnen "
 "op een verkooporder)?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207
 msgid ""
 "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
 " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
 "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
-"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
+"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any "
 "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
-"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
+"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some "
-"you can import, based on demo data."
+"quotations you can import, based on demo data."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u verkooporders wilt importeren met verschillende orderregels, dient "
-"u in het CSV bestand een specifieke regel te reserveren voor iedere "
-"orderregel. De eerste orderregel wordt geïmporteerd op de eerste regel welke"
-" ook de kop informatie van de order bevat. Voor elke extra orderregel is een"
-" extra rij nodig die geen informatie bevat van de velden die betrekking "
-"hebben op de bestelling. Als import voorbeeld kan u hier het "
-"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV bestand vinden met "
-"demogegevens van enkele offertes."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214
 msgid ""
-"`File for some Quotations "
+":download:`File for some Quotations "
-"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
-"`Bestand voor offertes "
-"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
 "respective purchase order lines:"
@@ -738,13 +721,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Het volgende CSV bestand toont u hoe u aankooporders met hun "
 "respectievelijke aankooporderlijnen importeert:"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220
 msgid ""
-"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
+":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
-"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
 "contacts:"
@@ -752,19 +735,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Het volgende CSV bestand laat zien hoe klanten en de bijbehorende "
 "contactpersonen te importeren:"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225
 msgid ""
-"`Customers and their respective contacts "
+":download:`Customers and their respective contacts "
-"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
-"`Klanten en hun respectievelijke contacten "
-"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229
 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
 msgstr "Kan ik meerdere malen hetzelfde record importeren?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231
 msgid ""
 "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
 "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
@@ -774,7 +755,7 @@ msgid ""
 "depending if it's new or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236
 msgid ""
 "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
 "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
@@ -783,11 +764,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo te gebruiken voor het bewerken van een hele reeks record in uw "
 "favoriete spreadsheet applicatie."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
 msgstr "Wat gebeurd er als ik geen waarde voor een specifiek veld ingeef?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
 "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
@@ -799,13 +780,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "zonder waarde in de CSV file, zal Odoo het veld LEEG maken, in plaats van "
 "het veld de standaard waarde toe te kennen."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247
 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
 msgstr ""
 "Hoe verschillende tabellen exporteren/importeren vanuit een SQL applicatie "
 "naar Odoo?"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249
 msgid ""
 "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
 "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
@@ -817,40 +798,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "(bijv. als u bedrijven en personen importeert dient u de koppeling tussen "
 "ieder persoon en het bedrijf te maken."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253
 msgid ""
 "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
 "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
 " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
-"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
+"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
 "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
 "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
 msgstr ""
-"Om relaties tussen tabellen te beheren, kunt u gebruik maken van de "
-"\"Externe ID\" van Odoo. Deze \"externe ID\" van een record is de unieke "
-"identificatie van dit record in de andere applicatie. Deze \"Externe ID\" "
-"moet uniek zijn bij alle records en alle objecten. Het is daarom verstandig "
-"om de externe ID te voorzien van een voorvoegsel, met de naam van de "
-"applicatie of de tabel (zoals 'bedrijf_1', 'persoon_1' in plaats van alleen "
-"'1')"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259
 msgid ""
 "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
 "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
 "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
-" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
+" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a "
-"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
+"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)"
-"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
 msgstr ""
-"Een voorbeeld. Stel u heeft een SQL database met twee tabellen, die u wilt "
-"importeren: bedrijven en personen. Ieder persoon behoort toe aan één "
-"bedrijf. U dient dus een koppeling te maken tussen de persoon en het "
-"bedrijf, waar hij voor werkt. (Als u dit voorbeeld wilt testen, is hier <a "
-"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">heeft u hier een "
-"dump van een PostgreSQL databank</a>)"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264
 msgid ""
 "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
 " the following command:"
@@ -858,11 +825,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "We zullen eerst alle bedrijven en hun \"Externe ID\" exporteren. In PSQL, "
 "schrijf het volgende commando:"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270
-msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
+msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:"
-msgstr "Dit SQL commando zal het volgende CSV bestand genereren:"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
 "following SQL command in PSQL:"
@@ -870,28 +837,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "Om het CSV bestand aan te maken voor contacten, gekoppeld aan bedrijven, "
 "gebruiken we het volgende SQL commando in PSQL:"
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285
-msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
+msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:"
-msgstr "Het genereert het volgende CSV bestand:"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295
 msgid ""
 "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
 "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
 " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
 "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
 "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
-" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
+" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)."
 msgstr ""
-"Zoals u in dit bestand kunt zien, werken Fabien en Laurence voor grote "
-"bedrijven (company_1) en Eric werkt voor het bedrijf Organi. De relatie "
-"tussen de personen en de bedrijven wordt gemaakt door gebruik te maken van "
-"de Externe ID van de bedrijven. Om een conflict te voorkomen tussen de ID "
-"van de personen en de bedrijven (person_1 en company_1 welke dezelfde ID "
-"delen in de originele database) hebben we voor de \"Externe ID\" een "
-"voorvoegsel met de naam van de tabel gemaakt."
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301
 msgid ""
 "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
 "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
@@ -904,6 +864,79 @@ msgstr ""
 "gekoppeld aan het eerste bedrijf). U dient eerst de bedrijven en dan de "
 "personen te importeren."
 
+#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3
+msgid "Developer Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3
+msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8
+msgid "Through the Settings application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate"
+" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23
+msgid "Through a browser extension"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo "
+"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your "
+"toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of "
+"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use"
+" a single click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35
+msgid "Through the URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37
+msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44
+msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47
+msgid "Locate the mode tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* "
+"button, located on the header of your pages."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3
 msgid "In-App Purchase"
 msgstr ""
@@ -912,100 +945,102 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For"
 " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by "
 "post directly from my database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9
 msgid "Buying Credits"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. "
-"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> "
+"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to "
-"Odoo IAP > View my Services*."
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit "
 "from free credits to test our IAP features."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
 msgid "IAP accounts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific "
 "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all "
-"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app "
+"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the "
-"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
+":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34
 msgid "IAP Portal"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible "
-"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my"
+"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From "
-" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a "
+"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my "
-"reminder to when credits are low."
+"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44
 msgid "Get notified when credits are low"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP "
-"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service"
+"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my "
-" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum"
+"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. "
-" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is "
+"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, "
-"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!"
+"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to "
+"by email!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56
 msgid "IAP services available"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your "
 "Database:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used "
 "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by "
 "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66
 msgid "Offering my own services"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is"
 " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use"
 " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, "
 "find more information at: `In-App Purchase "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
@@ -1063,11 +1098,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
-"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
+"Refer to our `Pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more "
 "information."
 msgstr ""
-"Onthoud dat elke extra gebruiker je abonnementskosten verhoogt. Raadpleeg de"
-" * Prijspagina * <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>` voor meer informatie."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -1084,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "zijn wachtwoord in te stellen. U kunt dan zijn toegangsrechten definiëren "
 "onder de: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Gebruikersmenu '."
 
-#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`_"

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgid ""
 "After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, "
 "track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk"
@@ -41,21 +41,22 @@ msgid ""
 "repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10
 msgid "Set up the After Sales services"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After"
-"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*."
+" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite "
+"Interventions*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19
 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
 msgstr "Genereer creditfacturen van tickets"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For "
 "that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
@@ -63,56 +64,56 @@ msgid ""
 "generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
 msgstr "Sta productretouren toe op tickets"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will "
 "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or "
 "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on "
-"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*."
+"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48
 msgid "Repairs from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will"
 " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next "
 "step."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57
 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the "
 "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan "
 "Intervention*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
 "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53
+#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67
 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -120,61 +121,62 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
 msgstr "Sta klanten toe om hun tickets af te sluiten"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
 "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
 " communication and actions more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9
 msgid "Configure the feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > "
+"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
-"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*."
+"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18
 msgid ""
 "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is "
-"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*."
+"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
-"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*."
+"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable "
+"*Closing Stage*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be "
 "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage "
 "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35
 msgid "The Costumer Portal"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
 "available."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44
 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40
+#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
-"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > "
+":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> "
-"Applied*."
+"Closed by partner --> Applied`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
@@ -231,15 +233,11 @@ msgstr "Hoe verschillende fases opzetten voor elk team"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
 msgid ""
-"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
+"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"the lower right-hand side."
 msgstr ""
-"Eerst zal je de ontwikkelaarsmodus moeten activeren. Ga hiervoor naar de "
-"instellingen module en selecteer rechtsonder de link voor \"Activeer de "
-"ontwikkelaarsmodus\"."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
 " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@@ -251,15 +249,15 @@ msgstr ""
 " fasen creëren en die fasen toewijzen aan 1 of meerdere teams, zodat u voor "
 "elk team aanpasbare fases kunt instellen!"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
 msgid "Start receiving tickets"
 msgstr "Start met het ontvangen van tickets"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
 msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn klanten tickets doorsturen?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
 "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
@@ -267,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Selecteer \"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteer \"Instellingen\", "
 "selecteer uw Helpdeskteam. Onder \"Kanalen vindt u 4 opties:"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
 "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
@@ -276,7 +274,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ticket te maken. De onderwerpregel van de e-mail wordt het onderwerp op het "
 "ticket."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "Website Form allows your customer to go to "
 "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
@@ -286,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "uwwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit en een ticket indienen via een "
 "websiteformulier - net als odoo.com/help!"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
 "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
@@ -296,18 +294,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "start de livechat en uw Live Chat-operator kan een ticket maken met behulp "
 "van de opdracht \"/helpdesk\" + \"het Onderwerp van het ticket\"."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
 msgid ""
-"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
+"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
-"documentation `*here* "
+"documentation `here "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
 msgstr "Er zijn tickets aangemaakt, wat nu?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
 " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@@ -320,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "linkerbovenhoek van een ticket of door zichzelf toe te voegen aan het veld "
 "'Toegewezen aan'."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
 "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
@@ -328,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Als u de toewijzingsmethode \"Willekeurig\" of \"Gebalanceerd\" hebt "
 "gekozen, worden uw tickets toegewezen aan een lid van dat Helpdeskteam."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
 "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
@@ -336,11 +334,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Van hieruit beginnen zij te werken aan het oplossen van de tickets! Wanneer "
 "ze voltooid zijn komt het ticket in de opgelost fase."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
 msgstr "Hoe markeer ik dit ticket als urgent?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
 msgid ""
 "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
 " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
@@ -350,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ticket te selecteren. Hoe meer sterren hoe dringender het is. U kunt dit "
 "doen in de Kanban-weergave of op het ticket formulier."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
 msgid ""
 "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
 "activate the setting under \"Settings\""
@@ -358,11 +356,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Om een Service Level Agreement-beleid voor uw werknemers in te stellen, "
 "activeert u eerst deze functie onder \"Instellingen\""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
 msgstr "Van hier, selecteer \"Stel SLA regels in\" en klik op \"Maken\"."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
 msgid ""
 "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
 "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
@@ -370,12 +368,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Je vult informatie in zoals het Helpdeskteam, wat de minimale prioriteit is "
 "op de tickets (de sterren) en de doelen voor de tickets."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
 msgstr ""
 "Wat als een ticket is geblokkeerd of klaar is om aan te worden gewerkt?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
 msgid ""
 "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
 "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
@@ -383,19 +381,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Als een ticket niet kan worden opgelost of geblokkeerd is, kunt u de "
 "\"Kanban-status\" op het ticket aanpassen. Je hebt 3 opties:"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
 msgid "Grey - Normal State"
 msgstr "Grijs - Normale staat"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
 msgid "Red - Blocked"
 msgstr "Rood - Geblokkeerd"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
 msgstr "Groen - Klaar voor volgende fase"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
 "Ticket form."
@@ -403,11 +401,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Net als de urgentie-sterren kun je de staat aanpassen in de kanban of op het"
 " ticket formulier."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
 msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn medewerkers tijd boeken op een ticket?"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
 "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
@@ -417,7 +415,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Ticket\". U ziet een veld verschijnen waar u het project kunt selecteren "
 "waar de uren kunnen geregistreerd worden."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
 msgid ""
 "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
 " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
@@ -425,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Nu u een project hebt geselecteerd, kunt u opslaan. Als u teruggaat naar een"
 " ticket, ziet u een nieuw tabblad genaamd \"Urenstaten\""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
 "ticket."
@@ -433,15 +431,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Hier kunnen uw werknemers een regel toevoegen om te registreren wat zij voor"
 " dit ticket hebben gedaan."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
 msgstr "Stel uw klanten in staat om eenvoudig uw diensten te beoordelen."
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
 msgstr "Activeer hiervoor \"Beoordelingen\" onder \"Instellingen\""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
+#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
 msgid ""
 "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
 "an email to the customer asking how their service went."
@@ -624,36 +622,36 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
 "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
 "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuratie"
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
-"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on "
+" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under "
-"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be "
+"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and "
-"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from"
+"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
-" tasks*."
+"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the "
 "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25
+#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
 msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
+msgid "Marketing Automation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
+msgid "Understanding Metrics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
+"of linking your employees to goals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
+" in a graph form and in numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
+msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
+" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
+" email address set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
+msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
+"have matched the criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
+" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
+"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
+"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
+"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
+"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
+" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
+"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
+"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
+"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
+" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
+"domain one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
+"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
+" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
+"the total number of participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
+"*Rejected*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
+"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
+"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
+"the beginning (parent action)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
+msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
+msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
+"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
+"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
+"creates a seamless experience for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
+msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
+"integrated with *Contacts*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
+"installed in your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
+"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
+"criteria will be added to the workflow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
+"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
+"will stop running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
+msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
+msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
+"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
+"for this specific activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
+msgid "Add Child Activities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
+"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
+"or not, the email bounced back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
+msgid ":doc:`segment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
+msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
+msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
+msgid "How to work with filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
+" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
+"within it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
+"called a *branch* (...)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
+msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
+"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
+" rule or the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
+msgid "Use cases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
+"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
+msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
+"solved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
+msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
+msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
+"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
+"mistakes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
+msgid "Launch a test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
+msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
+"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
+" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
+"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
+msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
+"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
+" be shown on the status bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
+msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
+"campaign."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
+" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
+"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
+"*Cancel*."
+msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -194,36 +194,35 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
 msgid ""
-"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
+"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-"mode*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
+"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
-"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
+"Configurations`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
 "credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
 "Methods` and create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
 "select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
 msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -792,11 +792,7 @@ msgid ""
 "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
-msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
 "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@@ -808,7 +804,7 @@ msgid ""
 "supplier or enter a new one)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
 " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
@@ -816,20 +812,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "Na te hebben geklikt op **Verzenden** zal u zien dat de offerteaanvraag "
 "status van **Concept** naar **Offerteaanvraag verzonden**."
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
 "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
 "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
 "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
 " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -438,25 +438,27 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
-"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
+"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
-"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
+"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
-"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
+"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
+"wish to synchronize and save."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
-"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
-"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
+"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
-"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
+" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
-msgstr ""
+" PICKINGS**."
-
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
-msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
+msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
 "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@@ -464,18 +466,18 @@ msgid ""
 "products partially by using backorders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
 "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
 "it) is on its way."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
 "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@@ -486,14 +488,14 @@ msgid ""
 "under the FBA program."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
 "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
 "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
 "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@@ -505,24 +507,24 @@ msgid ""
 " your account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
 "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
 "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
 "orders based on the sales team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
 "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@@ -533,11 +535,11 @@ msgid ""
 "account by the amount received."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
 "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@@ -545,13 +547,13 @@ msgid ""
 " of your company's accounts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
 "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
 "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@@ -641,16 +643,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
 msgid ""
-"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
+"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
 "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
 msgid "Configure taxes of products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
 "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@@ -659,7 +662,7 @@ msgid ""
 " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
+#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
 "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@@ -858,8 +861,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
 msgid ""
-"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
+"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
-" the developer mode`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
@@ -972,7 +974,6 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
-#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
 "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@@ -1208,7 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "Maak een abonnement vanuit een verkooporder"
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
-"the subscription product your previously created."
+"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
@@ -1296,6 +1297,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
 msgstr "Vanuit de verkooporder kan u de uren vervolgens factureren."
 
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
+"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
 msgid ""
 "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@@ -2556,8 +2564,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
-"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
+"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Martin Trigaux, 2019
 # Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019
 # Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019
 # 
@@ -13,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -27,491 +26,548 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SMS Marketing"
 msgstr "SMS marketing"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
-msgid ""
-"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
-"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
-"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
-"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
-"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
-"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
-msgid "Install the app"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
-msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
-msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
-msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
-"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
-"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
-"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
-"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
-"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
-"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
-"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
-"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
-"data about those links."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
-"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
-"he’s not interested in anymore."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
-msgid ""
-"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
-"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
-msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
-msgid "Sending my mailing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
-"delivered:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
-" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
-msgid ""
-"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
-"there are not that many recipients."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
-"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
-" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
-"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
-"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
-"must remember to use a comma between them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
-msgid "Visualize reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
-msgid ""
-"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
-"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
-"performance of my SMS mailings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
-"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
-"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
-":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
+" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
+"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
+"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
+"distribution a lot easier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
 msgid "Contact lists"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
-msgid ""
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
-"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
-"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
-"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
-"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
-"easier."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my "
+"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
-"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the"
+"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
-" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to "
+" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
-"allow them to update their subscription preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
+"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
 "specific list."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
 msgid "History with the Log Notes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
 "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
+"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
-"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
+"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
-"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
+"ability to better understand them."
-" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
+"promotions a customer has received or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
 msgid "Blacklist"
 msgstr "Blacklist"
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
+"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
-"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
+"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
-"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > "
+"database."
-"Import*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
+"Import`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
 msgid "Integrations and Templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
 "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
-"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
+"costumers, for example."
-"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
-"app isn’t different!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
-msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
+msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email "
+"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
-"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing "
+":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
-"Campaigns*."
+"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
+"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
-"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
+"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
-"marketing ones."
+"your email marketing ones."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
+"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
-"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
+"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
-"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
+"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
-"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
+"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
-"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
+" example."
-"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > "
+"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
-"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*."
+"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
+":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
+"SMS`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
 msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
+"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
-"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
-"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need."
+":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
 "the context."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
 "notable integrations:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
 "document online."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
-" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
+" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
+msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
+" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
+"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
+"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
+"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
+msgid "Install the app"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
+msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
+msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
+"remember what the mailing is about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
+" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
+"receive your SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
+" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
+"Belgium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
+"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
+" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
+"one *Mailing list*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
+"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
+"get data about those links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
+"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
+"is not interested in anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
+" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
+msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
+msgid "Sending my mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
+"to be delivered:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
+"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
+" are not that many recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
+" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
+"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
+"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
+"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
+"you must remember to use a comma between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
+msgid "Visualize reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
+" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
+"performance of your SMS mailings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
+" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
+"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
+":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
+msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
-msgid "Pricing"
+msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
-msgstr "Prijzen"
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
-"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
-"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
+"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
-"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
+"prepaid credits* to work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
-msgid ""
+msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
-"To buy credits I will go to *Settings >  Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or"
-" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
+msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
+" that includes the following characters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
+"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
+" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
+"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
+"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
+"represents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
+msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
+"characters) of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
+"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
+"your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
+msgid "How do I buy credits?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
+msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
 "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
-msgid "FAQ"
+msgid "More common questions"
-msgstr "FAQ"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
-msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
+msgid "No, credits do not expire."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
 "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
 msgid "Yes."
 msgstr "Ja."
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
 "send them all?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
 "until you have enough credits to send them all."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
-"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> "
+"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
-"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
+":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
 "lose credits?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
 "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
 "credit will be lost."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
 msgid ""
 "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
 " ticket for a festival)?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
 msgid ""
 "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
 "charged."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64
+#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
 msgid ""
-"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
+"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
-"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66
-msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
-msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
-msgid ""
-"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
-"be seen in the following picture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
-"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
-" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
-"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
-" represents."
 msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po

@@ -5,16 +5,15 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019
-# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
+"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -23,151 +22,339 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
 msgid "Social Marketing"
 msgstr "Social marketing"
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Advanced Topics"
+msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
+msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
+"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
-"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
+"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
-"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
+"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
+"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
+" content."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
-msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
+"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
-"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
+"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
-"Odoo Social Marketing application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
+"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
-"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
+"transaction (paid)."
-" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
-" like."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
+"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
+" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
-msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
-msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
-msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, "
+"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
-"Retweet,..)"
+"content."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
+"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
-"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
+"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
+"application must be installed on your database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
+" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
+msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
+msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
+msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
+"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
+"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
+"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
+"interaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
+"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
+"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
+"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
+msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
+msgid "Monitor your visitors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Under the  *Visitors* menu,  see the visitors that landed on one of your "
+":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
+"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
+"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
+"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
+"last date and time the user was connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
+"an existing partner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
+"own website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
+msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
+"*Track*, on the respective pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
+msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
+" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
+"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
+"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
+"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
+msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
+msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
+" automatically added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
+" customize your Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
+"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
+"*Insights*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
+msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
+"creation of content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
 msgid "Publish content"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
+"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
-" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
+":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
-"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
-" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
-"of how it will look when published."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
+msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
+msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
+msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
+"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
-"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
+"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
-"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
-" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
-" previous paragraph."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
-msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
+msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
 msgid ""
-"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
+"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
-"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
+"and click on an existing one to edit it."
-"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
-" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
-"notifications permission request."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
+msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
+msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
+"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
-"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
+"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
-"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
+"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
-"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
+"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
-"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
+"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
-"Homepage)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
-msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
+msgid "Ask users for permission"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
+"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
-"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
+" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
-"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
-"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
-"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
-"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
-"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
-"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
-msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
 msgid ""
-"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
+"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
-" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
+"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
-"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API "
-"keys."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
-msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
+msgid "Send notifications"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
+msgid "Individually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
+msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
+msgid "To a group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
+"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
-"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
+"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
-"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
+msgstr ""
-"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
+
-" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
+"archived."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
+msgid "By rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
+"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
+"that match the rules you set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
+msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
 msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -263,246 +263,6 @@ msgid ""
 "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
-msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
-msgid "First of all..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
-msgid ""
-"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
-"documentation of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
-msgid "Edit an existing page"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
-"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
-"account>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
-"the right version of Odoo.**"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
-msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
-msgid ""
-"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
-"repository**, else you won't see this step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
-msgid ""
-"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
-"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
-"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
-"quick overview of RST commands."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
-" format."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
-"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
-"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
-"longer explanation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
-msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
-msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
-"help!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
-"your contribution message."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
-msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
-"documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
-msgid "Code"
-msgstr "Code"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
-msgid "Display"
-msgstr "Tonen"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
-msgid "Comments"
-msgstr "Opmerkingen"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
-msgid "Text in *italics*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
-msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
-msgid "Numbered"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
-msgid "Bullet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
-msgid "List"
-msgstr "Lijst"
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
-msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
-msgid "This is `a  hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
-"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
-msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
-"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
-"RST."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
-msgid "Add images to your documents"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
-msgid ""
-"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
-"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
-"improving this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
-msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
-msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
-msgid ""
-"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
-" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
-msgid ""
-"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
-"any personal data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
-"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
-msgid "Submit your changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
-msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
-msgid ""
-"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
-"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
-msgid ""
-"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
-"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
-msgid "Developer documentation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
-msgid ""
-"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
-"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
-msgid ""
-"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
-"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
-msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -637,48 +397,49 @@ msgid ""
 "server)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
 msgid "Please include in your request:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
-msgid "your subscription number,"
+msgid "your subscription number"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
-"send the URL of your database."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
+"Odoo.sh)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
 msgid "Odoo Community"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
 msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Ask your question on the `community forum "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
+#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
+"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
-"bugfix services."
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
+" support and bugfix services."
 msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2019\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -1019,10 +1019,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
 msgid ""
-"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
+"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
-"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
-" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
+" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
-"from their original versions."
+"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
+"not transformed from their original versions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
@@ -1288,10 +1289,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
 msgid ""
-"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
+"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
-" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
+"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
-"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
+" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
+"reset the file after system upgrades."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish.rst:3
@@ -1717,18 +1719,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
-"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
+"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
+"installation`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
 msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
 " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@@ -1737,11 +1740,11 @@ msgid ""
 "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
 msgid "Publish specific content per website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
 msgid ""
 "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
 "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@@ -1749,93 +1752,93 @@ msgid ""
 "blank. This will publish it in all the websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
 msgid ""
 "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
 "websites*:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
 msgid "Products"
 msgstr "Producten"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
 msgid "Blogs"
 msgstr "Blogs"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
 msgid "Slide Channels"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
 msgid "Forums"
 msgstr "Forums"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
 msgid "Events"
 msgstr "Evenementen"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
 msgid "Job Positions"
 msgstr "Functies"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
 "product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
 msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
 msgid ""
 "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
 " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
 "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
 msgid ""
 "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
 "and set the new website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
 msgid ""
 "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
 " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
 "being linked to all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
 msgid ""
 "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
 "page behind each edited page."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
 msgid "Multi-companies"
 msgstr "Multi-bedrijven"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
 msgid ""
 "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
 "companies environment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
 msgid ""
 "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
 "(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
 msgid ""
 "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
 "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@@ -1843,46 +1846,46 @@ msgid ""
 "visitors."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
 "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
 " selector in the menu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
 msgid ""
 "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
 " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
 "website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
 msgid "Products only available on one website"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
 msgid ""
 "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
 " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
 "edit form. Empty means available in all websites."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
 msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
 "should duplicate the product for each website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
 msgid ""
 "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
 "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@@ -1891,41 +1894,41 @@ msgid ""
 "converted into the storable item in the delivery order."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
 msgid "Pricelists"
 msgstr "Prijslijsten"
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
 "Prices per Product* in Website settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
 "additional pricelists. See "
 ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
 msgid ""
 "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
 "this website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
 msgid ""
 "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
 "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
 "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
 msgid ""
 "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
 " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@@ -1933,11 +1936,11 @@ msgid ""
 "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
 msgid "Customer accounts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
 msgid ""
 "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
 "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@@ -1946,42 +1949,148 @@ msgid ""
 "the visitor mind."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
 msgid "Technical hints for customization"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
 " make it work with multi websites:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
 msgid "Access: you should call the method"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
 " can see a record in the current website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
+#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
+msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
+"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
+msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
+"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
+" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
+msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
+msgid "Restart the server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
+"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
+"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
+"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"`CLI documentation "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
+"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
+"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
+"notice/>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
+msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
+msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
+msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
+"reason :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
+"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
+"`--proxy-mode "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
+"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
+msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
+msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
 msgstr "Hoe mijn website vertalen"

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
@@ -297,6 +298,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
 msgid "Pricing"
 msgstr "Preços"
 
@@ -635,6 +637,75 @@ msgid ""
 " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
+msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
+"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
+"quickly get all the information you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
+"Autocomplete* feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
+msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
+"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
+" will be populated with corporate data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
+"company name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
+" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
+"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
+"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
+"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
+"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
 msgstr ""

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@@ -294,25 +294,30 @@ msgid ""
 "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
-msgid ""
+msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
-"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
-"their  respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
-"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
 msgid ""
-"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
+"Object aliases can be edited from their  respective configuration view. To "
-"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
+"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
-"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
+"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
+"mail.bounce.alias*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
 msgid ""
 "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
-"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
+"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
-"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
+"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
+" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
 "Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@@ -939,7 +939,8 @@ msgid "How to:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
-msgid "Switch to developer mode."
+msgid ""
+"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
+"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: pt_BR\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
+msgid "Email Marketing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
+msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
+" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
+"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
+msgid "Create Mailing lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
+"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
+"unsubscribing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
+" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
+msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
+"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
+"mailing list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
+msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
+" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
+"created here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
+" or will be part of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
+msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
+"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
+"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
+msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
+"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
+"be redirected to the following page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
+"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
+" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
+"send it only to a personal email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
+"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
+" *any* more emails from you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
+" users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
+"addresses will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
+msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
+msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
+"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
+" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
+msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
+"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
+"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
+"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
+"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
+"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
+"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
+" sender (*Send From*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
+"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
+" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
+"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
+msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
+" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
+"will delete the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
+"contacts to avoid errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
+"*queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
+"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
+" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
+"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
+"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
+"*Retry*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
+msgid "Manage campaigns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
+"Campaigns*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
+" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
+msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
+"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
+"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
+"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
+msgstr ""

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
 "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
 "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
-":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
+":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
-"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
+"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
 "behaviour."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -21,92 +21,49 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Field Service"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
-msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
+msgid "Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
+msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"easy for employees."
+"field services tasks from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
 msgid "Enable the feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
+#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Quotations*."
+"Intervention* from tickets."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
-msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
+msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
-" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
-"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
-"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
-":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
-msgid "Designing worksheets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
-"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
-" the *Studio* application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
-"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
-"overview of the work done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
-msgid ""
-"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
-"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
-"that given template and generates a graph."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
-"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
-msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
 "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@@ -114,235 +71,179 @@ msgid ""
 "be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
 "*Resume* when you would like to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
 "add a description."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
 "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
 "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
 "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
 "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
 msgid "Invoice your time and material"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
 "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
 "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
 ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
+#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
-msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
-msgid "Keeping track of stock"
+msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
 "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
 msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
 " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
 "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
 "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
-msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
+msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see  "
 "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
 "employees schedules and interventions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
 "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
 " in your Gantt view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
 "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
 " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
 "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
 "existing one."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
 msgid "Unassigned tasks"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
 "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
 " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
 "dynamic database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
+#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
-msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
-" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
-"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
-"price to be approved before the work even starts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
-"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
-"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
-"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
-" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
-"respective project you have chosen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
-" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
-msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
-msgid ""
-"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
-" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
-"field services tasks from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
-"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
-"Intervention* from tickets."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
-msgid "Planning an itinerary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
 "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
 "the workload more efficient."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
 " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@@ -351,18 +252,135 @@ msgid ""
 "token*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
 "route."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
+#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
 "without a Mapbox account."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
+msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
+"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
+"easy for employees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
+"Quotations*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
+msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
+msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
+" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
+"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
+"price to be approved before the work even starts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
+"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
+"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
+"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
+" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
+"respective project you have chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
+" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
+msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
+" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
+"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
+"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
+":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
+msgid "Designing worksheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
+"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
+" the *Studio* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
+"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
+"overview of the work done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
+"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
+"that given template and generates a graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
+"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
+msgstr ""

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thiago Alves Cavalcante <thiagoalcav@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@@ -47,52 +47,51 @@ msgstr "Como permitir que os usuários façam login com suas Contas do Google"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Connect to your Google account and go to "
+"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard "
-"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
 "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16
 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
 "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
 " save."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
 "Client ID)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
 " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
 " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
 "Then click on **Create**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
 "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
@@ -179,7 +178,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
 msgstr ""
@@ -269,19 +268,19 @@ msgid ""
 "already done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
 msgid "How to adapt the template"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
 " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
@@ -289,17 +288,17 @@ msgid ""
 "corresponding field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
 "on the very next time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43
 msgid "How to import from another application"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
 "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
@@ -309,18 +308,18 @@ msgid ""
 " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
 "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
 "whenever possible."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
 "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
@@ -331,18 +330,18 @@ msgid ""
 " default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70
 msgid ""
 "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
 "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
 "complete list of fields for each column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78
 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80
 msgid ""
 "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
 "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
@@ -352,7 +351,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
 msgid ""
 "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
 "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
@@ -360,7 +359,7 @@ msgid ""
 " the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
 "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
@@ -368,11 +367,11 @@ msgid ""
 "whatever your locale date format is."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
 msgid ""
 "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
 " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
@@ -382,56 +381,56 @@ msgid ""
 "crash."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
 msgid "32.000,00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
 msgid "32000,00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
 msgid "32,000.00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
 msgid "-32000.00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109
 msgid "(32000.00)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110
 msgid "$ 32.000,00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111
 msgid "(32000.00 €)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
 msgid "Example that will not work:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
 msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
 msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119
 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
 msgid ""
 "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
 "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
@@ -439,100 +438,101 @@ msgid ""
 " CSV file bar after you select your file)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
 "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
 "your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
 msgid ""
 "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
 "application?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
 msgid ""
-"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
+"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's "
 "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
 "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
-"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
+"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check "
-"filter settings' > Save)."
+"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
-"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
+":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> "
+"Encoding tab`)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
 msgid ""
 "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
 "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
 " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
-"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
+"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three "
 "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
 "import."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
 msgid ""
 "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
 "different fields to import:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
 msgid ""
 "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
 "postgresql column"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
 msgid ""
 "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
 " (or the .XML file that imported it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
 msgid "Country: Belgium"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158
 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
 msgid ""
 "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
 "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
 "according to your need:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
 msgid ""
 "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
 " have been created manually."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
 msgid ""
 "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
 "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
@@ -540,13 +540,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Database ID)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169
 msgid ""
 "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
 "party application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171
 msgid ""
 "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
 " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
@@ -555,23 +555,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Products and their Categories."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176
 msgid ""
-"`CSV file for categories "
+":download:`CSV file for categories "
-"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
 msgid ""
-"`CSV file for Products "
+":download:`CSV file for Products "
-"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183
 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
 msgid ""
 "If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
 "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
@@ -582,20 +582,20 @@ msgid ""
 "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
 msgid ""
 "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
 "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
 "'Category'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
 "multiple tags)?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
 msgid ""
 "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
 " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
@@ -603,64 +603,64 @@ msgid ""
 " of your CSV file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
 msgid ""
-"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
+":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
-"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
 "Sales Order)?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207
 msgid ""
 "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
 " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
 "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
-"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
+"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any "
 "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
-"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
+"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some "
-"you can import, based on demo data."
+"quotations you can import, based on demo data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214
 msgid ""
-"`File for some Quotations "
+":download:`File for some Quotations "
-"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
 "respective purchase order lines:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220
 msgid ""
-"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
+":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
-"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
 "contacts:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225
 msgid ""
-"`Customers and their respective contacts "
+":download:`Customers and their respective contacts "
-"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229
 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231
 msgid ""
 "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
 "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
@@ -670,17 +670,17 @@ msgid ""
 "depending if it's new or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236
 msgid ""
 "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
 "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
 "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
@@ -688,11 +688,11 @@ msgid ""
 "assigning the default value."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247
 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249
 msgid ""
 "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
 "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
@@ -700,57 +700,56 @@ msgid ""
 "person and the company they work for)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253
 msgid ""
 "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
 "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
 " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
-"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
+"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
 "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
 "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259
 msgid ""
 "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
 "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
 "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
-" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
+" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a "
-"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
+"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)"
-"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264
 msgid ""
 "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
 " the following command:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270
-msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
+msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279
 msgid ""
 "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
 "following SQL command in PSQL:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285
-msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
+msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295
 msgid ""
 "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
 "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
 " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
 "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
 "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
-" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
+" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301
 msgid ""
 "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
 "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
@@ -758,6 +757,79 @@ msgid ""
 "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3
+msgid "Developer Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3
+msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8
+msgid "Through the Settings application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate"
+" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23
+msgid "Through a browser extension"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo "
+"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your "
+"toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of "
+"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use"
+" a single click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35
+msgid "Through the URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37
+msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44
+msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47
+msgid "Locate the mode tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* "
+"button, located on the header of your pages."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3
 msgid "In-App Purchase"
 msgstr ""
@@ -766,100 +838,102 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For"
 " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by "
 "post directly from my database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9
 msgid "Buying Credits"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. "
-"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> "
+"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to "
-"Odoo IAP > View my Services*."
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit "
 "from free credits to test our IAP features."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
 msgid "IAP accounts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific "
 "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all "
-"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app "
+"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the "
-"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*."
+":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
+":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34
 msgid "IAP Portal"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible "
-"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my"
+"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From "
-" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a "
+"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my "
-"reminder to when credits are low."
+"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44
 msgid "Get notified when credits are low"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP "
-"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service"
+"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my "
-" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum"
+"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. "
-" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is "
+"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, "
-"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!"
+"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to "
+"by email!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56
 msgid "IAP services available"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your "
 "Database:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used "
 "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62
 msgid ""
 "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by "
 "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66
 msgid "Offering my own services"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47
+#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68
 msgid ""
 "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is"
 " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use"
 " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, "
 "find more information at: `In-App Purchase "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
@@ -904,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
-"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
+"Refer to our `Pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more "
 "information."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -917,7 +991,7 @@ msgid ""
 "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`_"